S-1 1 d846197ds1.htm S-1 S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2025.

Registration No. 333-   

 

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   6770
  98-1740672
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

6260 Lookout Road

Boulder, CO 80301

(303) 531-3100

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Alec Gores

Chairman

6260 Lookout Road

Boulder, CO 80301

Telephone: (303) 531-3100

Facsimile: (303) 531-3200

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Heather L. Emmel, Esq.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Tel: (212) 310-8000

Fax: (212) 310-8007

 

Paul D. Tropp, Esq.

Christopher J. Capuzzi, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 596-9000

Fax: (212) 596-9090

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer    Accelerated filer    Non-accelerated filer    

Smaller reporting company 

 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED April 11, 2025

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$260,000,000

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

26,000,000 Units

 

 

Gores Holdings X, Inc. is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We may pursue an initial business combination target in any business or industry.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit has an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to the adjustment, terms and limitations as described herein. Accordingly, unless you purchase four public units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. Each whole warrant will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination subject to the conditions described herein, and will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, as described in this prospectus. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. We have also granted the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 3,900,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, if any.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund working capital requirements, subject to the limitations described herein, and/or to pay our taxes (which shall exclude the 1% U.S. federal excise tax that was implemented by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 if any is imposed on us), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law. As further described in this prospectus, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering (or 27 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund working capital requirements, subject to the limitations described herein, and/or to pay our taxes (which shall exclude the 1% U.S. federal excise tax that was implemented by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 if any is imposed on us), and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and as further described herein.

If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month) period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to further extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, and the related amendments are implemented by our board of directors, holders of our public Class A ordinary shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares, subject to applicable law.

Our sponsor, Gores Sponsor X LLC (which we refer to as our sponsor throughout this prospectus), has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 Class A ordinary shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), at the initial public offering price of our public units of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. These Class A ordinary shares, which we refer to as the private placement shares, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as described in this prospectus.

Our initial shareholders, which include our sponsor, currently own an aggregate of 7,475,000 Class B ordinary shares, up to 975,000 of which are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. We refer to these Class B ordinary shares as the founder shares throughout this prospectus. After taking into account the issuance of the private placement shares, our sponsor will own an aggregate of 6,650,000 ordinary shares or 20.32% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, or an aggregate of 7,625,000 ordinary shares or 20.28% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. The Class A ordinary shares received upon conversion of Class B ordinary shares will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to complete an initial business combination. In the case that any amount of additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in this prospectus and related to the closing of the business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20.00% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination).

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment or removal of directors or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of our founder shares, holders of the private placement shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote, except as required by law.

The founder shares held by our sponsor were purchased for $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, which, as further described in this prospectus, may result in material dilution to public holders when converted into Class A ordinary shares or if the anti-dilution provision of the founder shares results in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis (for more information on dilution, also see the section entitled “Dilution in this prospectus). As further described under “The Offering—Payments to Insiders,” we expect to make certain payments and reimbursements, or pay certain fees, to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our affiliates, including but not limited to the payment of $20,000 per month to our sponsor for office space, secretarial and administrative services. Upon consummation of this offering, we will repay up to $600,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor under an unsecured promissory note to cover offering-related and organizational expenses. Our sponsor may also, but is not obligated to, enter into certain arrangements with us to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, including up to $1,500,000 of loans convertible into private placement shares at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. As more fully discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us and there may be a conflict of interest in our director’s and officer’s determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs and to which entity a particular business opportunity is presented. We may also decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor or our executive officers or directors, or our directors, officers, sponsor and their affiliates may sponsor or become affiliated with entities that have a similar activity than ours. Further, our officers and directors have indirect economic interests in us and/or our sponsor and a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination since our sponsor, executive officers and directors may lose their entire investment in us if an initial business combination is not completed. As a result, there may be actual or potential material conflicts of interest between our sponsor and its affiliates on the one hand, and purchasers in this offering on the other hand. For more information, also see “Summary—Our Sponsor”, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team’’ and “Principal Shareholders.”

The following table illustrates the difference between the public offering price per unit and our net tangible book value per share (“NTBV”), as adjusted to give effect to this offering and assuming the redemption of our public shares included in the public units offered hereby at varying levels in the scenarios in which the over-allotment option is not exercised and exercised in full and assuming no additional capital is raised in connection with the initial business combination. See section entitled “Dilution” for more information.

 


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2024

OFFERING
PRICE OF
$10.00 PER
UNIT

  

25% OF MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION

  

50% OF MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION

  

75% OF MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION

  

MAXIMUM REDEMPTION

NTBV

  

NTBV

  

DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE

  

NTBV

  

DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE

  

NTBV

  

DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE

  

NTBV

  

DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE

Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option

$ 7.45

   $6.90    $3.10    $5.97    $4.03    $4.14    $5.86    $(1.26)    $11.26

Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option

$ 7.44

   $6.88    $3.12    $5.95    $4.05    $4.11    $5.89    $(1.29)    $11.29

Currently, there is no public market for our securities. We will apply to have our units listed on the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”), under the symbol “GTENU” promptly after the date of this prospectus. We cannot guarantee that our public units will be approved for listing on Nasdaq. We expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus (or, if such date is not a business day, the following business day) unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, we expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “GTEN” and “GTENW,” respectively.

We are an “emerging growth company” and “smaller reporting company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 61 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

     Per Unit      Total  

Public offering price

   $ 10.00      $ 260,000,000  

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $ 0.3096      $ 8,050,000  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Gores Holdings X, Inc.

   $ 9.6904      $ 251,950,000  

 

(1)

Includes $0.0096 per unit on all units sold other than units sold per the underwriter’s over-allotment option ($250,000 in the aggregate) that shall be paid upon the closing of this offering. There will be no incremental upfront underwriting discounts and commissions if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. Also, includes $0.30 per unit on all units sold (up to $7,800,000 in the aggregate or up to $8,970,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amount shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) for deferred underwriting commissions to be deposited into a trust account located in the United States and released to Santander US Capital Markets LLC for its own account only upon the completion of an initial business combination. Such deferred commissions will be subject to pro rata reduction based on the extent of redemptions that reduce the amount of the trust account at the time of our consummation of our initial business combination. The deferred commissions may be allocated to members of FINRA who have assisted in the consummation of our initial business combination, at our discretion. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, we have also engaged Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under an engagement letter, we will pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC a fee equal to 3.00% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering, payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We have agreed to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

Of the proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares described in this prospectus, $260.0 million or $299.0 million if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per unit in either case) will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acting as trustee, and $2.0 million will be available to pay fees and expenses in connection with the closing of this offering and for working capital following the closing of this offering. Except with respect to up to $600,000 per year (plus the rollover of unused amounts from prior years) of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to fund working capital requirements (provided that, only $150,000, plus the rollover of unused amounts from prior years, of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account may be released to us during the three month period that will begin 24 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), plus additional amounts of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations (which shall exclude the 1% U.S. federal excise tax that was implemented by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 if any is imposed on us and which shall not be subject to the $600,000 annual limitation (or $150,000 limitation) described above) (“permitted withdrawals”), and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares will not be released from the trust account until the earliest to occur of (a) the completion of our initial business combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (c) the redemption of all of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

The underwriter is offering the shares for sale on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter expects to deliver the shares to the purchasers on or about    , 2025.

Santander

   , 2025


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     59  

RISK FACTORS

     61  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     114  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     118  

DILUTION

     119  

CAPITALIZATION

     125  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     126  

PROPOSED BUSINESS

     133  

MANAGEMENT

     174  

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     188  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     191  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     194  

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     219  

UNDERWRITING

     234  

LEGAL MATTERS

     242  

EXPERTS

     242  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     243  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriter takes any responsibility for any other information others may give to you. We are not, and the underwriter is not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of such names or marks to imply relationships with, or endorsements of us by, any other company.

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary only highlights the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As this is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making an investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information under the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing.

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to:

 

   

“amended and restated memorandum and articles of association” refers to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that the company will adopt prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

   

“Class A ordinary shares” refers to our Class A ordinary shares of par value $0.0001 per share in the share capital of the company;

 

   

“Class B ordinary shares” refers to our Class B ordinary shares of par value $0.0001 per share in the share capital of the company;

 

   

“Companies Act” are to the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;

 

   

“Excise Tax” are to the 1% U.S. federal excise tax on stock repurchases under Section 4501 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, enacted by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022;

 

   

“equity-linked securities” are to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with our initial business combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt;

 

   

“founder shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to this offering, and our Class A ordinary shares issued upon the conversion thereof as provided herein (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);

 

   

“Gores Holdings X,” “we,” “us,” “company” or “our company” are to Gores Holdings X, Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company;

 

   

“initial shareholders” are to holders of our founder shares prior to this offering;

 

   

“management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;

 

   

“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, collectively;

 

   

“permitted withdrawals” means $600,000 per year (plus the rollover of unused amounts from prior years) of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to fund working capital requirements (provided that, only $150,000, plus the rollover of unused amounts from prior years, of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account may be released to us during the three month period that will begin 24 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering),

 

1


Table of Contents
 

plus additional amounts of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations (which shall exclude the 1% U.S. federal excise tax that was implemented by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 if any is imposed on us and which shall not be subject to the $600,000 annual limitation (or $150,000 limitation) described above);

 

   

“private placement shares” are to the shares issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering or upon conversion of working capital loans, as further described in this prospectus (such Class A ordinary shares shall not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to complete a business combination);

 

   

“public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

 

   

“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial shareholders and management team to the extent our initial shareholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial shareholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

 

   

“sponsor” are to Gores Sponsor X LLC, a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company and an affiliate of Gores; and

 

   

“The Gores Group” or “Gores” are to The Gores Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Any forfeiture of shares described in this prospectus will take effect as a surrender of shares for no consideration of such shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any conversion of the Class B ordinary shares described in this prospectus will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any share dividends described in this prospectus will take effect as share capitalizations as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant for each unit purchased. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to the adjustment, terms and limitations as described in this prospectus, and only whole warrants are exercisable. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least four units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.

Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriter will not exercise its over-allotment option.

Our Company

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf,

 

2


Table of Contents

initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We may pursue an initial business combination target in any business or industry.

While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any business industry or sector, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and manage a business that can benefit from our operational expertise, as members of our management team have done in diverse sectors, including industrials, technology, telecommunications, media and entertainment, business services, healthcare and consumer products. This operationally- oriented investment approach has served The Gores Group well since its founding in 1987. For more information on our sponsor and its controlling persons, please see the section entitled “Principal Shareholders.”

We believe that our management team together with other Gores personnel are well positioned to identify operationally-oriented acquisition opportunities in the marketplace and that our network and transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors, will allow us to generate attractive acquisition opportunities. Our team is led by Alec Gores, our Chairman, who has more than 35 years of experience as an entrepreneur, operator and private equity investor. Over the course of his career, Mr. Gores and his team have invested in more than 135 companies through varying macroeconomic environments with a consistent, operationally-oriented investment strategy.

Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Gores Group, a global investment firm focused on acquiring businesses that can benefit from the firm’s operating expertise. Mr. Gores implemented an operational approach to private equity investing when he founded The Gores Group in 1987 by operating businesses alongside management, or in some cases in lieu of management, to build value in those entities. Since then, Mr. Gores and the firm have invested in over 135 businesses worldwide. Under Mr. Gores’ leadership, The Gores Group has effected a number of successful corporate carve-out acquisitions over the last two decades. The Gores Group acquired VeriFone from Hewlett-Packard Company at a time when the business was generating significant revenues, but was cash flow negative. The Gores Group implemented dramatic changes to the business, and the business was sold and subsequently went public with an operating partner from The Gores Group serving as its chief executive officer. During that same timeframe, The Gores Group acquired The Learning Company from Mattel Corporation and transformed that business which, similarly, was generating significant revenues, but was suffering from severely negative cash flow. Since then, with Mr. Gores leading the firm, The Gores Group has created significant value in numerous transactions, including the acquisitions of Global Tel*Link from Schlumberger Ltd., Stock Building Supply from Wolseley plc, Therakos from Johnson & Johnson, the electronics power systems business from TE Connectivity Ltd., Siemens Enterprise Communications from Siemens AG and Sagem Communications from the Safran Group, among others. Mr. Gores began his career as a self-made entrepreneur and operating executive. In 1978, he self-funded and founded Executive Business Systems (EBS), a developer and distributor of vertical business software systems. Within seven years, EBS had become a leading value-added reseller in Michigan and employed over 200 people. In 1986, CONTEL purchased EBS, and Mr. Gores subsequently began acquiring and operating non-core businesses from major corporations and building value in those entities, a decision that ultimately led to the founding of what has evolved into The Gores Group today. Under his leadership, The Gores Group has continued to acquire businesses in need of operational and financial resources, while creating value and working with management teams to establish an entrepreneurial environment as a foundation for sustainable growth.

 

3


Table of Contents

Together with a team of operations professionals spanning key business functional areas, as well as dedicated investment origination and mergers and acquisitions professionals, Mr. Gores developed a formula that led to numerous marquee investments and business transformations, with a strong focus on carve-out acquisitions from large corporate transaction partners, including:

 

   

The Learning Company from Mattel Corporation;

 

   

VeriFone from Hewlett-Packard Company;

 

   

Micron PC from Micron Electronics, Inc.;

 

   

Sagem Communications from the Safran Group;

 

   

Stock Building Supply from Wolseley plc;

 

   

The broadcast communications division from Harris Corporation;

 

   

The electronics power systems business from TE Connectivity Ltd.;

 

   

Elo Touch Solutions from TE Connectivity Ltd.;

 

   

Therakos from Johnson & Johnson; and

 

   

Brand-Rex from Honeywell International, Inc.

Our team, led by Alec Gores and including Mark Stone and Andrew McBride, has in the aggregate over 80 years of combined operational, financial, investment and transactional experience involving a diverse group of businesses, and we intend to focus on industries or sectors offering operationally-oriented acquisition opportunities that can benefit from our expertise. Messrs. Gores, Stone and McBride possess complementary skills and experience encompassing all aspects of the investment process, including sourcing, due diligence, valuation, structuring, financing, negotiation, execution, strategy development, operations management and investment realization.

In June 2015, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings, Inc. (“Gores Holdings I”), a blank check company. Mr. Stone served as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings I. Gores Holdings I completed its initial public offering in August 2015, in which it sold 37,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings I common stock and one warrant to purchase one-half of one share of Gores Holdings I common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $375,000,000. Gores Holdings I completed its business combination with Hostess Brands, Inc. (“Hostess”) in November 2016, in which it contributed approximately $725 million to Hostess (consisting of $375 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement plus approximately $350 million in proceeds from an additional private placement completed at the time of the initial business combination). Hostess is one of the largest manufacturers and marketers of sweet baked goods including Twinkies®, Ding Dongs®, Ho Hos®, Donettes® and a variety of new and classic treats. From the closing of the business combination with Hostess until April 2018, Mr. Stone served as a director of Hostess.

In August 2016, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings II, Inc. (“Gores Holdings II”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings II. Gores Holdings II completed its initial public offering in January 2017, in which it sold 40,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings II common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one

 

4


Table of Contents

share of Gores Holdings II common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $400,000,000. Gores Holdings II completed its business combination with Verra Mobility Corporation (“Verra”) (formerly known as American Traffic Solutions, Inc.) in October 2018, in which it contributed approximately $800 million to Verra (consisting of $400 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement, plus approximately $400 million in proceeds from an additional private placement completed at the time of the initial business combination). Verra is a global leader in smart mobility and provides traffic safety, mobility, and compliance solutions for state and local governments, commercial fleets, and rental car companies in North America. Verra’s Class A common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “VRRM”.

In October 2017, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings III, Inc. (“Gores Holdings III”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings III. Gores Holdings III completed its initial public offering in September 2018, in which it sold 40,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings III common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings III common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $400,000,000. Gores Holdings III completed its business combination with PAE Incorporated (“PAE”), a leading provider of mission-critical services to the U.S. government, armed forces and international customers in February 2020, in which it contributed approximately $620 million to PAE (consisting of $400 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement, plus approximately $220 million in proceeds from an additional private placement completed at the time of the initial business combination).

In August 2018, Mr. Gores, together with Dean Metropoulos, a private investor specializing in investments in the consumer branded products industries, founded Gores Metropoulos, Inc. (“Gores Metropoulos”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, served as Chief Financial Officer of Gores Metropoulos. Gores Metropoulos completed its initial public offering in February 2019, in which it sold 40,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Metropoulos common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Metropoulos common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $400,000,000. Gores Metropoulos completed its business combination with Luminar Technologies, Inc. (“Luminar”) in December 2020, in which it contributed approximately $406 million to Luminar (consisting of proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement). Luminar is a global leader in automotive lidar technology powering the introduction of highway autonomy. Luminar’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “LAZR”. Mr. Gores continues to serve as a director of Luminar.

In July 2019, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings IV, Inc. (“Gores Holdings IV”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings IV. Gores Holdings IV completed its initial public offering in January 2020, in which it sold 42,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings IV common stock and one-fourth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings IV common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $425,000,000. Gores Holdings IV completed its business combination with United Wholesale Mortgage (“UWM”) in January 2021, in which it contributed approximately $895 million to UWM (consisting of $425 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement). UWM is a leading wholesale mortgage

 

5


Table of Contents

lender in the U.S. UWM’s common stock and warrants are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “UWMC” and “UWMC.WS”, respectively.

In June 2020, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings V, Inc. (“Gores Holdings V”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings V. Gores Holdings V completed its initial public offering on August 10, 2020, in which it sold 52,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings V common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings V common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $525,000,000. Gores Holdings V completed its business combination with a subsidiary of Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A (“AMP”) in August 2021. AMP is a global leader in the supply of sustainable and infinitely-recyclable beverage cans. AMP’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AMBP”.

In June 2020, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings VI, Inc. (“Gores Holdings VI”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings VI. Gores Holdings VI completed its initial public offering in December 2020, in which it sold 34,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings VI common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings VI common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $345,000,000. Gores Holdings VI completed its business combination with Matterport, Inc. (“Matterport”) in July 2021. Matterport is a leading platform for the digitization and datafication of the built world. Matterport’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “MTTR”.

In July 2020, Mr. Gores, together with Dean Metropoulos, founded Gores Metropoulos II, Inc. (“Gores Metropoulos II”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Metropoulos II. Gores Metropoulos II completed its initial public offering in January 2021, in which it sold 45,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Metropoulos II common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Metropoulos II common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $450,000,000. In January 2022, Gores Metropoulos II completed its initial business combination with Sonder Holdings, Inc. (“Sonder”), a leading next generation hospitality company redefining the guest experience. Sonder’s common stock and warrants are traded on the Nasdaq under the symbols “SOND” and “SONDW,” respectively.

Gores previously completed initial public offerings for Gores Holdings VII, Inc. (“Gores Holdings VII”), Gores Holdings VIII, Inc. (“Gores Holdings VIII”), Gores Technology Partners, Inc. (“Gores Technology”) and Gores Technology Partners II, Inc. (“Gores Technology II” and together with Gores Holdings VII, Gores Holdings VIII and Gores Technology, the “Liquidated Gores SPACs”), in the period between February 2021 and March 2021. Gores Holdings VIII previously announced a proposed initial business combination with Footprint International Holdco, Inc. (“Footprint International”), a global materials science technology company focused on sustainable solutions but, the parties mutually determined to terminate the transaction. In 2022, the board of each of the Liquidated Gores SPACs determined it was not feasible to complete an initial business combination and due to then recent changes in tax law, it was advantageous to the Liquidated Gores SPACs’ stockholders to dissolve each Liquidated Gores SPAC and redeem all outstanding public shares prior to December 31, 2022. In December 2022, all of the Liquidated Gores SPACs were liquidated and voluntarily delisted each of its Class A common stock, warrants and units from Nasdaq.

 

6


Table of Contents

In December 2020, Mr. Gores, together with Guggenheim Capital, LLC, founded Gores Guggenheim, Inc. (“Gores Guggenheim”), a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Guggenheim. Gores Guggenheim completed its initial public offering in March 2021, in which it sold 75,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Guggenheim common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Guggenheim common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $750,000,000. Subsequently, in April 2021, the underwriters partially exercised their option to purchase 5,000,000 newly issued units to cover over-allotments, and following the partial exercise of the over-allotment option, the total aggregate issuance by the Company of 80,000,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit resulted in total gross proceeds of $800,000,000. In July 2022, Gores Guggenheim completed its business combination with Polestar Performance AB and its affiliates (“Polestar”), a global pure play, premium electric performance vehicle manufacturer. Polestar’s common stock and warrants are traded on the Nasdaq under the symbols “PSNY” and “PSNYW,” respectively.

In January 2022, Gores Holdings IX, Inc. (“Gores Holdings IX”) completed its initial public offering, in which it sold 52,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings IX common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings IX common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $525,000,000. On January 9, 2024, the stockholders of Gores Holdings IX approved a proposal to amend and restate its amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Extension Amendment”) to extend the date by which Gores Holdings IX must complete an initial business combination from January 14, 2024 to December 6, 2024. Gores Holdings IX filed the Extension Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on January 9, 2024. In connection with the vote to approve the proposal to adopt the Extension Amendment, holders of 46,470,023 shares of Class A common stock exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.59 per share, for a total aggregate redemption amount of approximately $492.3 million. As a result, approximately $492.3 million was distributed from Gores Holdings X’s trust account to redeem such shares and 6,029,977 shares of Class A common stock remained outstanding and subject to redemption. Following the payment of the redemption price, approximately $63.8 million remained in the Trust Account. In December 2024, the board of Gores Holdings IX determined that Gores Holdings IX will not be able to consummate an initial business combination within the time period set forth in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and to redeem all of the outstanding public shares effective on or around December 6, 2024. In December 2024, Gores Holdings IX liquidated and voluntarily delisted its Class A common stock, warrants and units from Nasdaq.

Our management team’s objective is to generate attractive investment returns to create value for our shareholders by applying our strategy of identifying operationally-oriented acquisition opportunities and capitalizing on the ability of our management team to acquire and manage a business that can benefit from our operational expertise. Our management team’s approach is focused on industries or sectors in which we have considerable knowledge and emphasizes downside protection and the preservation of capital by opportunistically pursuing transactions where we believe we have the ability to capture asymmetric risk/reward potential. Our management team and other Gores personnel have successfully applied this acquisition philosophy over The Gores Group’s history to source attractive private equity acquisition opportunities and to deploy capital in varying macroeconomic environments. Our management team will assess the skills, qualifications and abilities of the management team of each potential business combination target. The level and length of our existing management’s continued active participation in our post-acquisition business will depend on the particular needs of the

 

7


Table of Contents

business acquired. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination.

With respect to the foregoing examples, past performance of The Gores Group and by our management team, including with respect to Gores Holdings I, Gores Holdings II, Gores Holdings III, Gores Holdings IV, Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VI, Gores Metropoulos I, Gores Metropoulos II and Gores Guggenheim, is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of The Gores Group’s, or our management’s, or any performance of any prior Gores special purpose acquisition companies as indicative of our future performance. See “Risk Factors— Past performance by Gores, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.” For a list of our executive officers and entities for which a conflict of interest between such officers and the company may or does exist, please refer to “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

Business Strategy

Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, to build a company in an industry or sector that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our operational expertise. Our acquisition selection process will leverage our team’s network of potential transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors.

In addition, we intend to utilize the networks and industry experience of Mr. Gores and The Gores Group in seeking an initial business combination. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that we believe will serve as a useful source of acquisition opportunities. This network has been developed through our management team’s combined history of over 80 years of business experience, including in private equity and investment banking. We expect this network will provide our management team with robust acquisition opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Upon completion of this offering, members of our management team will communicate with their networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for any business combination target and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potentially interesting leads.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to seek to acquire companies that we believe:

 

   

have a defensible core business, sustainable revenues and established customer relationships;

 

8


Table of Contents
   

are undergoing change in capital structure, strategy, operations or growth;

 

   

can benefit from our operational and strategic approach;

 

   

offer a unique value proposition with transformational potential that can be substantiated during our detailed due diligence process; and

 

   

have reached a transition point in their lifecycle presenting an opportunity for transformation.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business or businesses, it may be unable to do so if the board is less familiar or experienced with the target company’s business, there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of net assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in

 

9


Table of Contents

the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, we will be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our business combination.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. Further, as the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. Because of our limited resources and such increased competition for business combination opportunities, including from other special purpose acquisition companies or other entities having a similar business objective to us, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination or negotiate attractive terms for our initial business combination. Depending on who our competitors will be when negotiating a business combination transaction, we may also be at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination. For more information also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Securities—As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.”

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will

 

10


Table of Contents

endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital planning experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team and our independent directors will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement shares following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Due to his economic interest in our sponsor of approximately 100%, Mr. Gores may be considered to have a material interest in our sponsor. The low price that our sponsor, executive officers and directors (directly or indirectly) paid for the founder shares creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), the founder shares and private placement shares held by our sponsor may lose most of their value, except to the extent that the founder shares or private placement shares receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, which could create an incentive for our sponsor, executive officers and directors to complete a transaction even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Similarly, additional conflicts of interests may arise and incentives may be created to select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders instead of not consummating a business combination if (i) after the redemption of public shareholders no assets are available outside of the trust account to repay any loans extended to us by our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or our officers and directors and to reimburse our sponsor and others for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination or (ii) not consummating a business combination within the allotted time may require service providers to forfeit their fees. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

All of the members of our management team are employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group. The Gores Group is continuously made aware of potential business combination opportunities and we may pursue any business combination target that has already been considered by The Gores Group or any current or former Gores’ special purpose acquisition

 

11


Table of Contents

company in a different context. We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We may pursue an initial business combination target in any business or industry.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Specifically, all of our officers and certain of our directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to The Gores Group and certain companies it has invested in or managed. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to search for an initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (including with respect to any business transaction that may involve another Gores entity) for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Accordingly, none of The Gores Group or our directors or officers will have obligations to present a business combination opportunity to us.

However, the personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination.

Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis.

In addition to the above, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including selecting a business combination target and monitoring the related due diligence. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team—Our officers and directors will allocate their time to

 

12


Table of Contents

other businesses thereby causing potential conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to identify and pursue initial business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination.”

Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Further, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and our sponsor’s investment the private placement shares will be worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares following this offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. Similarly, additional conflicts of interests may arise and incentives may be created to select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders instead of not consummating a business combination if (i) after the redemption of public shareholders no assets are available outside of the trust account to repay any loans extended to us by our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or our officers and directors and to reimburse our sponsor and others for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination or (ii) not consummating a business combination within the allotted time may require service providers to forfeit their fees.

As more fully discussed in “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of any business combination target that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination target to such entity prior to presenting such business combination target to us.

Our officers, directors and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our Sponsor

Our sponsor, Gores Sponsor X LLC, is a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company, which was formed to invest in us. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under the Limited Liability Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands and other applicable law, our sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. Alec Gores, our Chairman, is the sole managing member of our sponsor and controls the management of our sponsor, including the exercise of voting and investment discretion over the securities of our company held by our sponsor. As of the date of this prospectus, other than Mr. Gores, no other person has a direct or indirect material interest in our sponsor. Mr. Gores owns all of the membership interests in our sponsor, which represents 100% of the economic interests in our sponsor. Other than our management team, none of the other members of our sponsor will participate in our company’s activities, and there are no other members of our sponsor other than as described above.

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsor and its affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsor or its affiliates:

 

Entity

  

Amount of Compensation
to be Received or Securities
Issued or to be Issued

  

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

Gores Sponsor X LLC    7,475,000 Class B ordinary shares(1) (of which 975,000 are subject to forfeiture if the underwriter does not exercise its overallotment option, and of which an aggregate of 75,000 Class B ordinary shares will be transferred to our independent directors)    $25,000 or approximately $0.004 per founder share
   225,000 private placement shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full)    $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full)($10.00 per share)
   Up to $600,000    Repayment of loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses

Sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates

   $20,000 per month    Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $20,000 per month, for up to 24 months (or up to 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support

 

14


Table of Contents
   Up to $1,500,000 in working capital loans by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors. Such loans may be converted at the option of the lender into private placement shares at a conversion price of $10.00 per share(2)    Working capital loans to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination
   Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.(3)    Payment of fees and reimbursement of out of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

(1) 

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Further, if we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. As described below under “Offering—Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights,” the Class B ordinary shares and Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the nominal price of $0.004 per founder share at which our sponsor purchased the founder shares and/or the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Our sponsor, directors and officers and their affiliates may receive additional compensation and/or may be issued additional securities in connection with an initial business combination, including securities that may result in material dilution to public shareholders. For more information also see below under “Offering—Payments to insiders”.

(2)

The $10.00 per private placement share conversion price for such working capital loans may potentially be significantly less than the market price of our units at the time the lenders elect to convert their working capital loans into private placement shares. Therefore, such private placement share issuances may result in significant dilution to holders of our shares. For more information also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.”

(3)

For more information, also see “Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Sources of Target Businesses,” “Management—Executive Officer and Director Compensation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.

 

15


Table of Contents

Because our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur an immediate and material dilution upon the closing of this offering. See the sections titled “Dilution” and “Risk Factors—The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may significantly dilute the implied value of your public shares in the event we consummate an initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.”

Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered into with us, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior written consent of our sponsor. Further, pursuant to such letter agreement, each of our sponsor, our officers and our directors has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the founder shares and private placement shares, as summarized in the table below. For more information on non-contractual resale restrictions, also see “Securities Eligible for Future Sale—Rule 144,” “Securities Eligible for Future Sale—Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies” and “Securities Eligible for Future Sale—Summary of resale restrictions.”

As described under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Sponsor and Our Management Team—You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available,” the holders of our warrants will not be permitted to exercise their warrants unless we register and qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available. If the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of our public warrants is not registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holders of such warrants will not be entitled to exercise their warrants and the warrants may have no value and expire worthless.

Further, if and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A ordinary shares for sale under applicable state securities laws and even if an exemption from such registration or qualification is not available. As a result, we may redeem our public warrants even if the public holders are otherwise unable to exercise their public warrants (for more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Sponsor and Our Management Team—We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.”). Our management team may also require holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless” basis, which would reduce the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise of their warrants and thereby reduce the potential equity “upside” of a public holder’s investment in us. For more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Securities—Our management’s ability to require holders of our public warrants to exercise such public warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the public warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their public warrants for cash.”

 

16


Table of Contents

Subject Securities

  

Expiration Date

  

Persons Subject to
Restrictions

  

Exceptions to Transfer
Restrictions

Founder Shares    Agreement not to (a) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any security, (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b), until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange,    Our sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees.    Transfers are permitted (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members, or any affiliates of our sponsor or any employee of such affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to such person’s immediate family, any estate planning vehicle, or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased; (f) in the event of our liquidation prior to the

 

17


Table of Contents

Subject Securities

  

Expiration Date

  

Persons Subject to
Restrictions

  

Exceptions to Transfer
Restrictions

   reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.       completion of our initial business combination; (g) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its members pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement; (h) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; (i) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (h); or (j) in the event of our liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (h) and (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

 

18


Table of Contents

Subject Securities

  

Expiration Date

  

Persons Subject to
Restrictions

  

Exceptions to Transfer
Restrictions

Private Placement Shares

   The private placement shares are not transferable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.    Our sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees.    Same as above.

The letter agreement will also provide that the sponsor and each director and officer agree to vote any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares they may own in favor of a proposed initial business combination if we seek shareholder approval for such business combination and in favor of any proposals recommended by our board of directors in connection with such business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). Further, our sponsor, directors and officers also agree not to redeem any public shares they may hold in connection with such shareholder approval. The letter agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by (i) each director and officer signatory to the letter agreement with respect to herself or himself, as applicable, to the extent she or he are the subject of any such change, amendment, modification or waiver, (ii) us, and (iii) our sponsor. Changes, amendments, modifications or waivers to the transfer restrictions that occur within 180 days after the date of this prospectus will require the written consent of the underwriter of this offering. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities. For more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team—Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval” and “Underwriting.”

In order to facilitate our initial business combination or for any other reason determined by our sponsor, our sponsor may, with our consent, (i) surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our founder shares, private placement shares or any of our other securities held by it, including for no consideration in connection with a PIPE financing or otherwise, (ii) subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, and (iii) enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.

We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow the sponsor to directly, or members of our sponsor to indirectly, transfer founder shares and private placement shares or membership interests in our sponsor in a transaction in which the sponsor or The Gores Group removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that The Gores Group and its affiliates, our sponsor and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsor, which would likely result in our loss of certain key personnel, including Alec Gores, Mark Stone and Andrew McBride. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsor or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our

 

19


Table of Contents

Sponsor and Management Team—We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsor to directly, or members of our sponsor to indirectly, transfer founder shares and private placement shares or membership interests in our sponsor in a transaction in which the sponsor removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination, which may deprive us of key personnel.”

Corporate Information

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

 

20


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of any fiscal year for so long as either (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates does not equal or exceed $250.0 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues did not equal or exceed $100.0 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates did not equal or exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Our executive offices are located at 6260 Lookout Road, Boulder, Colorado 80301 and our telephone number is (303) 531-3100.

 

21


Table of Contents

The Offering

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

Securities offered

26,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of:

 

   

one Class A ordinary share; and

 

   

one-fourth of one redeemable warrant.

 

Nasdaq symbols

Units: “GTENU”

 

  Class A Ordinary Shares: “GTEN”

 

  Warrants: “GTENW”

 

Trading commencement and separation of Class A ordinary shares and warrants

The units are expected to begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus (or, if such date is not a business day, the following business day) unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Once the Class A ordinary shares and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and warrants. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least four units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant.

 

  Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.

 

Separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares and warrants is prohibited until we have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K

In no event will the Class A ordinary shares and warrants be traded separately until we have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC containing an audited balance

 

22


Table of Contents
 

sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place two business days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

Units:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

0

 

Number outstanding after this offering

26,000,000(1)(3)

Ordinary shares:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

7,475,000 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

Number to be sold in a private placement simultaneously with this offering

225,000 Class A ordinary shares

 

Number outstanding after this offering and private placement

32,725,000 Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares(1)(3)(4)

Warrants:

 

Number of warrants to be outstanding after this offering

6,500,000(1)

 

Exercisability

Each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Only whole warrants are exercisable.

 

(1) 

Assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and the forfeiture by our sponsor of 975,000 founder shares. As discussed under “—Founder shares” below, for our initial shareholders to maintain ownership of 20.00% of the outstanding shares following completion of this offering (excluding the private placement shares), if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriter, our sponsor would be required to forfeit 975,000 shares.

(2) 

Includes up to 975,000 shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised.

(3) 

The ordinary shares included in the units are Class A ordinary shares. Founder shares are classified as Class B ordinary shares, which shares are convertible into our Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described below adjacent to the caption “Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights.”

(4) 

Composed of 26,000,000 public shares, 6,500,000 founder shares and 225,000 private placement shares.

 

23


Table of Contents

Exercise price

$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein.

 

Exercise period

The warrants will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

 

While we have registered the offer of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act as part of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, this prospectus cannot be used for the purpose of a future decision to exercise the warrants, and we do not plan on keeping a prospectus current until after the closing of the initial business combination in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that as soon as practicable following the closing of the initial business combination, but in no event later than 20 business days thereafter, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, as applicable, under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and thereafter to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or earlier redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the

 

24


Table of Contents
 

Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or current prospectus, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Securities—You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the issuance of the underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available, and a current prospectus is available. Such registration or current prospectus, as applicable, may not be in place when you desire to exercise warrants, thus precluding you from being able to exercise your warrants except, to the extent permitted by the warrant agreement, on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.”

 

  The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. On the exercise of any warrant, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account.

 

Redemption of warrants for cash when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00

Once the warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, given after the warrants become exercisable (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Anti-Dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

 

 

We will not redeem the warrants unless such warrants are then exercisable and a registration statement under the

 

25


Table of Contents
 

Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating thereto is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

  If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our shareholders of issuing the maximum number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities—Warrants— Public Shareholders’ Warrants” for additional information.

 

Founder shares

On June 30, 2023, our sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by our sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the aggregate number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding following the surrender on February 3, 2025 was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of

 

26


Table of Contents
 

29,900,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20.00% of the outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares).

 

  As such, our initial shareholders will collectively own 20.00% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering and excluding the issuance of the private placement shares). If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. Up to 975,000 founder shares will be subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised so that our initial shareholders will maintain ownership of 20.00% of ordinary shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares).

 

  After taking into account the issuance of the private placement shares, our sponsor will own an aggregate of 6,650,000 ordinary shares or 20.32% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, or an aggregate of 7,625,000 ordinary shares or 20.28% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

 

  The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that:

 

   

the founder shares are Class B ordinary shares that automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder, on a

 

27


Table of Contents
 

one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein;

 

   

only holders of the founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands); provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to our shareholders and approved, holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the private placement shares) and holders of our Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors; and, prior to our initial business combination, holders of a majority of founder shares may remove members of the board of directors for any reason;

 

   

the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below;

 

   

our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the implementation by the directors of, and following a shareholder vote to approve, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed or repurchased in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our

 

28


Table of Contents
 

Class A ordinary shares, and (iii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares or private placement shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if approved as an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of shareholders holding a majority of ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting (referred to herein as a “shareholder meeting”) of the company. Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote any founder shares and private placement shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and private placement shares, we would need 9,637,501 or approximately 37.07% (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) or 1,456,251 or approximately 5.6% (assuming only the minimum number of shares constituting a quorum are voted), of the 26,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised); and

 

   

the founder shares are entitled to registration rights.

 

Transfer restrictions on founder shares and private placement shares

Except as described herein, our sponsor and our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell (i) any of their founder shares until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that

 

29


Table of Contents
 

results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) any of the private placement shares until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders—Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares or private placement shares. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. For more information on the letter agreement in which the transfer restrictions are included and for more information on the limited exceptions to such transfer restrictions, also see “Proposed Business—Our Sponsor.”

 

Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. The Class A ordinary shares received upon conversion of Class B ordinary shares will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to complete an initial business combination. In the case that any amount of additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in this prospectus and related to the closing of the initial business combination the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted in connection with financing or consummating the business combination or for anti- dilution purposes (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20.00% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial business combination (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination). Holders of founder shares

 

30


Table of Contents
 

may also elect to convert their Class B ordinary shares into an equal number of Class A ordinary shares, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

 

  The term “equity-linked securities” refers to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A ordinary shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with our initial business combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt.

 

Appointment of directors; Voting rights

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands); provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to our shareholders and approved, holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the private placement shares) and holders of our Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Other than in connection with a business combination, these

 

31


Table of Contents
 

provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. In connection with our initial business combination, we may enter into an agreement or other arrangement with the shareholders of the target with respect to voting and other corporate governance matters following completion of the initial business combination, and such agreement or arrangement may provide for, or the target shareholders may require that such agreement provide for, nomination, designation or representation rights on the board of directors of the combined entity that may be not be proportionate to our shareholders’ or such target shareholders’ ownership interest in the combined company.

 

Private placement shares

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), at the initial public offering price of our public shares of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. These private placement shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as described in this prospectus.

 

  A portion of the purchase price of the private placement shares will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing $260.0 million (or $299.0 million if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law).

 

Proceeds to be held in trust account

The rules of Nasdaq provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares be deposited in a trust account. Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private

 

32


Table of Contents
 

placement shares, $260,000,000, or $10.00 per unit ($299,000,000, or $10.00 per unit, if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be placed into an-interest bearing U.S.-based trust account with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acting as trustee. These proceeds include $7,800,000 (assuming no redemptions) (or $8,970,000 (assuming no redemptions) if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) in deferred underwriting commissions.

 

  Except with respect to permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of liquidation expenses, if any, the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares will not be released from the trust account until the earliest of (a) the completion of our initial business combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (c) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

 

Ability to extend time to complete business combination

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering (or 27 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we

 

33


Table of Contents
 

anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month) period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension and the related amendments are implemented by the directors, holders of Class A ordinary shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law. There is no limit on the number of extensions that we may seek. If we determine not to or are unable to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination or fail to obtain shareholder approval to extend, our initial shareholders may lose their entire investment in our founder shares. For more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may decide not to extend the term we have to consummate our initial business combination, in which case we would redeem our public shares, and the warrants may be worthless.”

 

Anticipated expenses and funding sources

Except as described above with respect to permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, unless and until we complete our initial business combination, no proceeds held in the trust account will be available for our use. The proceeds held in the trust account will be held in cash, including in demand deposits at a bank, or invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Based on our assumption, as of the date of this prospectus, of an interest rate of 4.00% per year and assuming that the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised, we estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $10,400,000 per year; however we cannot provide any assurance as to this amount. Except as described above,

 

34


Table of Contents
 

unless and until we complete our initial business combination, we may pay our expenses only from:

 

   

the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares not held in the trust account, which will be approximately $850,000 in working capital after the payment of approximately $1,150,000 in expenses relating to this offering;

 

   

permitted withdrawals; and

 

   

any loans or additional investments from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates or other third parties, although they are under no obligation to advance funds or invest in us, and provided that any such loans will not have any claim on the proceeds held in the trust account unless such proceeds are released to us upon completion of a business combination.

 

Conditions to completing our initial business combination

There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.

 

 

If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons. However, we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to

 

35


Table of Contents
 

register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

 

Permitted purchases of public shares and public warrants by our affiliates

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions or repurchases in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates, including, without limitation, officers and affiliates of Gores or Gores funds, may, in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market, either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules and regulations, (i) purchase shares or warrants from institutional and other investors who vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against the business combination, (ii) execute agreements to purchase such shares or warrants from institutional and other investors in the future, and/or (iii) enter into transactions with institutional and other investors to provide such persons with incentives to acquire Class A ordinary shares, although they are under no obligation to do so. Additionally, at any time at or prior to the completion of our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire units, public shares, warrants or not redeem their public shares.

 

36


Table of Contents
  There is no limit on the number of securities our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules. However, they have no current

commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase units, public shares or warrants in such transactions. Such persons will be subject to restrictions in making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

 

  Additionally, in the event our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders after the announcement of our initial business combination, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:

 

   

our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchase;

 

   

if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process;

 

   

our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a

 

37


Table of Contents
 

representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction; and

 

   

our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights.

 

  As of the date of this prospectus, there have been no such discussions and no agreements to such effect have been entered into with any such investor or holder. The company will file a Current Report on Form 8-K prior to the shareholder meeting to approve our initial business combination to disclose any arrangements entered into or significant purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons. Any such report will include (i) the amount of Class A ordinary shares purchased and the purchase price; (ii) the purpose of such purchases; (iii) the impact of such purchases on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved; (iv) the identities or characteristics of security holders who sold shares if not purchased in the open market or the nature of the sellers; and (v) the number of Class A ordinary shares for which the company has received redemption requests.

See “Proposed Business—Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates, including without limitation, officers and affiliates of Gores or Gores funds, or investors in such Gores funds, will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

 

Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to

 

38


Table of Contents
 

applicable law and the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. The redemption rights will also include the requirement that a beneficial holder must check a box on the proxy card indicating whether he or she is acting in concert or as a group (as defined in Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) with any other shareholder with respect to any public shares. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of our initial business combination with respect to our warrants. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares held by them and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our business combination or otherwise.

 

Manner of conducting redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirements. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. We intend to conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless shareholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

 

39


Table of Contents
  If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

 

   

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

 

   

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

 

  Upon the public announcement of our business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

 

  In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

 

  If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will:

 

   

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

 

   

file proxy materials with the SEC.

 

 

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of shareholders holding a majority of ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting (referred to herein as a “shareholder meeting”) of the company. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the

 

40


Table of Contents
 

shareholders present in person or by proxy representing a majority of the shares in the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial shareholders will count towards this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained.

 

  Our initial shareholders and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). As a result, if approved as an ordinary resolution, in addition to our sponsor’s founder shares and private placement shares, we would need 9,637,501 or approximately 37.07% (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) or 1,456,251 or approximately 5.6% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum), of the 26,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any such shareholder meeting. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

 

 

We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business

 

41


Table of Contents
 

days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. We believe that this will allow our transfer agent to efficiently process any redemptions without the need for further communication or action from the redeeming public shareholders, which could delay redemptions and result in additional administrative cost. If the proposed business combination is not approved and we continue to search for a target company, we will promptly return any certificates delivered, or shares tendered electronically, by public shareholders who elected to redeem their shares.

 

Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing

 

42


Table of Contents
 

condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our business combination.

 

Redemption rights in connection with proposed amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain charter provisions. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by a special resolution requiring the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own 20.00% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/ or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Our sponsor, executive officers, and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem

 

43


Table of Contents
 

their ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released for permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any. Our initial shareholders have entered into letter agreements with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

 

Release of funds in trust account on closing of our initial business Combination

On the completion of our initial business combination, all amounts held in the trust account will be released to us. We will use these funds to pay amounts due to any public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights as described above under “Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination,” to pay the underwriter its deferred underwriting commissions, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

 

Additional Financing

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering, the sale of the private placement shares, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. Generally, the issuance of additional shares in a business combination:

 

   

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary share;

 

44


Table of Contents
   

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded to Class A ordinary shares;

 

   

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, the post-business combination company’s ability to use its net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of officers and directors;

 

   

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the post-business combination company by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of the post-business combination company;

 

   

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants; and

 

   

may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

 

 

We may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) in order to complete an initial business combination and provide sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no commitments to issue any shares in connection with such a transaction. The price of the shares so issued in connection with an initial business combination may be less, and potentially significantly less, than $10.00 per share or the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities at a price that is less than $10.00 or the prevailing market price of our shares at that time could be structured to ensure a return on investment to the investors and could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders in a manner that would not ordinarily occur in a traditional initial public offering and could result in both a reduction in the trading price of our shares to the price at which we issue such equity securities and fluctuations in the net tangible book value per share of the combined company’s securities following the completion of our initial business combination. We may also provide price protection or other incentives, or issue convertible securities such as preferred equity or convertible debt, and the exercise or conversion price of those securities may be fixed or adjustable, and may be less, and potentially significantly less, than $10.00 per share or the market price for our shares at such time. Such issuances could also result in additional transaction costs related to our initial business combination compared to a

 

45


Table of Contents
 

traditional initial public offering, including the placement fees associated with the engagement of a placement agent in connection with PIPE transactions.

 

  Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt, or to otherwise incur debt following this offering, we may choose to pursue a business combination in connection with which we incur substantial debt. No issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the trust account. However, if we issue debt securities or otherwise incurs significant debt to banks or other lenders or the owners of a target, it could result in:

 

   

default and foreclosure on the assets of the post-business combination company if its operating revenues are insufficient to repay its debt obligations;

 

   

acceleration of the post-business combination company’s obligations to repay such indebtedness, even if it makes all principal and interest payments when due, if it breaches certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

   

the post-business combination company’s immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

 

   

the post-business combination company’s inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting its ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

 

   

using a substantial portion of the post-business combination company’s cash flow to pay principal and interest on its debt, which will reduce the funds available for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limitations on the post-business combination company’s flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in its business and in the industry in which it operates;

 

   

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

 

   

limitations on the post-business combination company’s ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of its strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to its competitors who have less debt.

 

46


Table of Contents
  For more information also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our public shareholders and likely present other risks,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us,” or “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.”

 

Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month) period, or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate

 

47


Table of Contents
 

amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released for permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 24-month (or 27-month), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, time period.

 

  Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering. However, if our initial shareholders acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month (or 27-month), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, time period.

 

  The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission held in the trust account in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and subsequently liquidate and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

 

48


Table of Contents

Payments to insiders

There will be no restrictions on payments made to insiders. We expect that some or all of the following payments will be made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates:

 

   

Repayment of up to an aggregate of $600,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

 

   

Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $20,000 per month, for up to 24 months (or up to 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support;

 

   

Reimbursement of legal fees and expenses incurred by our sponsor, officers or directors in connection with our formation, the initial business combination and their services to us;

 

   

Payment of fees and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination; and

 

   

Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The private placement shares issued upon conversion of any such loans would be identical to the private placement shares sold in a private placement concurrently with this offering.

 

  However, no such payments will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

 

  Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.

 

Audit Committee

We will establish and will maintain an audit committee, which will be composed entirely of independent directors to, among other things, monitor compliance with the terms described above and the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to

 

49


Table of Contents
 

immediately take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management— Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee.”

 

Conflicts of Interest

The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles. Funds managed by Gores or its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these funds decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Gores, including by Mr. Gores, may be suitable for both us and for a current or future Gores fund and may be directed to such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither Gores nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group have any obligation to present us with any business combination target of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the company. Gores and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of Gores or in their other endeavors, may be required to present such business combination target to the related entities described above, current or future Gores investment vehicles, or third parties, before they present such business combination target to us. The Gores Group does not have any present intention to invest in new portfolio companies, and therefore we do not expect conflicts of interest with respect to The Gores Group. Further, any potential investment by The Gores Group would be significantly smaller than the companies that we would consider for potential business combinations, and therefore it is likely that any investment by The Gores Group would not be suitable for us, and that any investment by us would not be suitable for The Gores Group.

 

 

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Specifically, all of our officers and certain of our directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to The Gores Group and certain companies it has invested in or managed. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however,

 

50


Table of Contents
 

that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to search for an initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (including with respect to any business transaction that may involve another Gores entity) for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

 

  However, the personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

 

  In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis.

 

 

In addition to the above, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including selecting a business combination target

 

51


Table of Contents
 

and monitoring the related due diligence. See “Risk Factors—Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing potential conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to identify and pursue initial business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination.”

 

Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Further, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months form the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares and warrants following this offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. Similarly, additional conflicts of interests may arise and

 

52


Table of Contents
 

incentives may be created to select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders instead of not consummating a business combination if (i) after the redemption of public shareholders no assets are available outside of the trust account to repay any loans extended to us by our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or our officers and directors and to reimburse our sponsor and others for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination or (ii) not consummating a business combination within the allotted time may require service providers to forfeit their fees.

 

  As more fully discussed in “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination target to such entity prior to presenting such business combination target to us. Our officers, directors and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

 

  We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or completing an initial business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors; accordingly, such affiliated person(s) may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination and in negotiating or accepting the terms of the transaction as such affiliated person(s) would have interests different from our public shareholders and would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination. In the event we seek to complete an initial business combination with a target that is affiliated (as defined in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

 

53


Table of Contents

Indemnity

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or by a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest the company is entitled to withdraw permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

 

  We have also entered into a letter agreement that provides that we will indemnify our sponsor, its members and managers and their respective affiliates and control persons from any claims made by any party in respect of any investment opportunities sourced by them or any liability arising with respect to their activities in connection with our affairs, this offering or any business combination or services rendered to the Company or its affiliates, and that we will advance any expenses incurred in connection with any such claims. Such indemnity provides that the indemnified parties cannot access the funds held in our trust account.

 

54


Table of Contents

Risks

We are a blank check company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company. This offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment:

 

   

We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues.

 

   

Past performance by Gores, including our management team, and other businesses associated with our management team may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

 

   

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

 

   

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

 

   

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of the business combination.

 

   

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

 

   

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

 

   

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

 

55


Table of Contents
   

If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

   

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

 

   

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

 

   

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

 

   

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

   

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 24 months (or more than 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus, before receiving liquidation distributions.

 

   

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

 

   

Since our sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

 

   

Our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

 

   

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

 

   

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

 

   

The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination.

 

56


Table of Contents
   

The value of the founder shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.

 

   

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

 

   

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially, potentially resulting in more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

 

   

The other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

57


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

 

     December 31, 2024  

Balance Sheet Data

   Actual     As Adjusted(6)  

Working capital (deficiency)(1)

   $ (1,048,957   $ 523,119  

Total assets(2)

   $ 1,184,632     $ 260,810,000  

Total liabilities(3)

   $ 1,224,632     $ 17,018,881  

Value of Class A ordinary shares that may be redeemed in connection with our initial business combination ($10.00 per share)(4)

         $ 260,000,000  

Shareholder’s equity (deficit)(5)

   $ (40,000   $ (12,190,000

 

(1)

The “As Adjusted” calculation includes $850,000 cash held outside the trust account, less over-allotment liability of $326,881.

(2)

The “As Adjusted” calculation equals $260,000,000 cash held in trust from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, plus $850,000 in cash held outside the trust account, less $40,000 of actual shareholders’ equity (deficit) on December 31, 2024.

(3)

The “As Adjusted” calculation includes $326,881 related to the fair value of the over-allotment option, 1,365,000 related to the fair market value of the warrant liability, deferred underwriting fee of $7,800,000, advisory fee of $7,800,000 and promissory note-related party of $172,901 and $1,048,957 in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

(4)

The “As Adjusted” calculation equals calculation equals the 26,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering, multiplied by the redemption value of $10.00 per share.

(5)

Excludes 26,000,000 class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering that are subject to possible redemption in connection with our initial business combination. The “As Adjusted” calculation equals the “As Adjusted” total assets, less the “As Adjusted” total liabilities, less the value of ordinary shares that may be redeemed in connection with our initial business combination (approximately $10.00 per share).

(6)

Assumes the full forfeiture of 975,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter.

If no business combination is completed within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, time period.

 

58


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this prospectus may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:

 

   

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

 

   

our ability to complete our initial business combination;

 

   

our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

 

   

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

 

   

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;

 

   

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

 

   

our pool of prospective target businesses;

 

   

our ability to consummate an initial business combination due to uncertainty resulting from geopolitical events like the conflict in Ukraine, Israel and Gaza and economic impacts such as inflation and rising interest rates;

 

   

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

 

   

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

 

   

the lack of a market for our securities;

 

   

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

 

   

the trust account not being subject to the claims of third parties;

 

   

the number of redemptions by our public shareholders in connection with a business combination; or

 

   

our financial performance following this offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward- looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

In addition, statements that contain “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. Although we believe that this information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, this information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, and even if we hold a vote, holders of our founder shares and private placement shares will participate in such vote, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the business combination would require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Even if we seek shareholder approval, the holders of our founder shares and private placement shares will participate in the vote on such approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we complete. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the initial shareholders agree to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public shareholders in connection with an initial business combination, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering, in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and private placement shares, we would need 9,637,501 or approximately 37.07% (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) or 1,456,251 or approximately 5.6% (assuming only the minimum number of shares constituting a quorum are voted), of the 26,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). Our initial shareholders will own shares representing 20.00% of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares). Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, it is more likely that the necessary shareholder approval will be received than would be the case if our initial shareholders agreed to vote their founder shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public shareholders.

 

61


Table of Contents

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination and where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules and regulations. Any such price per share may be different than the amount per share a public shareholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial business combination. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares or warrants in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. In addition, any such purchases of shares or warrants would reduce the number of shares and public warrants held by non-affiliates and reduce the number of holders eligible to vote such shares or warrants on any matters submitted to the holders of our securities for approval in connection with our initial business combination or may affect our ability to satisfy customary closing conditions in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In the event our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders after the announcement of our initial business combination, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Your only opportunity to affect the decision regarding a potential business combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of the business combination.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

 

62


Table of Contents

The redemption rights of our public shareholders may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets and may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination agreement that requires we have a certain amount of cash as a closing condition. If holders of a substantial portion of our public shares exercise their redemption rights, we may not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, may not be able to proceed with the business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would not allow us to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we may not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares and the amount of deferred underwriting commissions may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure, and may substantially dilute your investment in us.

At the time we enter into a business combination agreement, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will be based on the amount of funds remaining in the trust account after redemptions of public shares and will be released to the underwriter only upon the completion of an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions. As a result, our obligations to redeem public shares for which redemption is requested and to pay the deferred underwriting commissions may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

In addition, raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our business combination. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure and may result in substantial dilution from your purchase of our Class A ordinary shares. The effect of this dilution will be greater for shareholders who do not redeem. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriter will be based on the amount of funds remaining in the trust account after redemptions of public shares and will be released to the underwriter only upon the completion of an initial business

 

63


Table of Contents

combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming shareholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions. We may not be able to generate sufficient value from the completion of our initial business combination in order to overcome the dilutive impact of these and other factors, and, accordingly, you may incur a net loss on your investment. See “—Risks Relating to Our Securities—Our sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per founder share, and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our Class B ordinary shares.”

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold. As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption, plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination, exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we may instead search for an alternate business combination.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the

 

64


Table of Contents

tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares. For example, we may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Business Strategy—Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights.”

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may decrease our ability to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination agreement, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation. The length of time it may take us to complete our diligence and negotiate a business combination may reduce the amount of time available for us to ultimately complete an initial business combination should such diligence or negotiations not lead to a consummated initial business combination.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within such time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and other events and uncertainties, including terrorist attacks, natural disasters, a significant outbreak of infectious diseases and other risks described herein. For example, geopolitical instability arising from the conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, China and Taiwan and in the Middle East could negatively impact businesses we seek to acquire or could limit our ability to

 

65


Table of Contents

complete our initial business combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law. In either such case, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. Additionally, uncertainties surrounding the financial markets and the viability of banks and other financial institutions may result in market volatility, which may impact our financial condition and our ability to complete an initial business combination. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

We may decide not to extend the term we have to consummate our initial business combination, in which case we would redeem our public shares, and the warrants may be worthless.

We have until the date that is 24 months from the closing of this offering (or 27 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) or until such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination, although we are under no obligation to do so. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, holders of Class A ordinary shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned thereon less amounts released to us for permitted withdrawals (and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law. However, if holders of our Class A ordinary shares elect to redeem their shares, the public “float” of our ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

 

66


Table of Contents

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account, subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, the warrants may be worthless.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the Class A ordinary shares which our public shareholders redeem in connection with our initial business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets

 

67


Table of Contents

with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations.

We may seek to complete a business combination with an operating company in any industry or sector. However, we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and

 

68


Table of Contents

leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of up to approximately $18,300 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us, including any regulatory actions successfully made against the trust account. Although we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete our business combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a

 

69


Table of Contents

redemption right in connection with our business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors prior to our initial business combination and will also not be able to vote on our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands); provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to our shareholders and approved, holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the private placement shares) and holders of our Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have

 

70


Table of Contents

any say in the management of our company prior to the completion of an initial business combination.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment of directors prior to our initial business combination and our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting.

If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that, upon the closing of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering); however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares not being held in the trust account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search for a business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, only approximately $850,000 will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of

 

71


Table of Contents

$1,150,000 we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,150,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team or any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors below.

Subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements and numerous complex tax laws. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations

 

72


Table of Contents

may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our business combination, and results of operations.

On January 24, 2024, the SEC issued final rules (the “2024 SPAC Rules”), effective as of July 1, 2024, that, among other items, impose additional disclosure requirements in initial public offerings by special purpose acquisition companies and business combination transactions involving special purpose acquisition companies and private operating companies; amend the financial statement requirements applicable to business combination transactions involving such companies; update and expand guidance regarding the general use of projections in SEC filings, as well as when projections are disclosed in connection with proposed business combination transactions; increase the potential liability of certain participants in proposed business combination transactions; and could impact the extent to which special purpose acquisition companies could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The 2024 SPAC Rules may materially adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete, and the costs associated with, our initial business combination, and results of operations.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including, without limitation, restrictions on the nature of our investments, restrictions on the issuance of securities, and restrictions on the enforceability of agreements entered into by us, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including, without limitation: (i) registration as an investment company with the SEC (which may be impractical and would require significant changes in, among other things, our capital structure); (ii) adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and (iii) reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and compliance with other rules and regulations that we are not currently subject to.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that we do not own “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a Business Combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may be held in cash, including in demand deposits at a bank, or invested only in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for

 

73


Table of Contents

purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time, based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act, instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee will not be permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long-term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we do not believe we are an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our primary business objective, which is a business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window; and (iii) absent a business combination, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with the additional regulatory burdens discussed above would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we have not completed our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants may expire worthless. Because we intend to invest only in permitted instruments, we believe we will not be an investment company.

Further, under the subjective test of an “investment company” pursuant to Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act, even if the funds deposited in the trust account were invested in the assets discussed above, such assets, other than cash, are “securities” for purposes of the Investment Company Act and, therefore, there is a risk that we could be deemed to be an investment company and subject to the Investment Company Act.

In the adopting release for the 2024 SPAC Rules, the SEC provided guidance that a SPAC’s potential status as an “investment company” depends on a variety of factors, such as a SPAC’s duration, asset composition, business purpose and activities and “is a question of facts and circumstances” requiring individualized analysis. If we were deemed to be an unregistered investment company and subject to compliance with and regulation under the Investment Company Act, we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and expenses for which we have not allotted funds. Unless we are able to modify our activities so that we would not be deemed an investment company, we would either register as an investment company or wind down and abandon our efforts to complete an initial business combination and instead liquidate the Company. As a result, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders and would be unable to realize the potential benefits of an initial business combination, including the possible appreciation of the combined company’s securities. In addition, under these circumstances, our warrants would expire worthless.

 

74


Table of Contents

If our circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure to reflect how such changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be an unregistered investment company.

We may not be able to complete an initial business combination since such initial business combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirement, including foreign investment regulations and review by government entities such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), or may be ultimately prohibited.

Our initial business combination may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements by governmental entities, or ultimately prohibited. For example, CFIUS has authority to review direct or indirect foreign investments in U.S. companies. Among other things, CFIUS is empowered to require certain foreign investors to make mandatory filings, to charge filing fees related to such filings, and to self-initiate national security reviews of foreign direct and indirect investments in U.S. companies if the parties to that investment choose not to file voluntarily. In the case that CFIUS determines an investment to be a threat to national security, CFIUS has the power to unwind or place restrictions on the investment. Whether CFIUS has jurisdiction to review an acquisition or investment transaction depends on — among other factors — the nature and structure of the transaction, including the level of beneficial ownership interest and the nature of any information or governance rights involved. For example, investments that result in “control” of a U.S. business by a foreign person always are subject to CFIUS jurisdiction. CFIUS’s expanded jurisdiction under the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 and implementing regulations that became effective on February 13, 2020 further includes investments that do not result in control of a U.S. business by a foreign person but afford certain foreign investors certain information or governance rights in a U.S. business that has a nexus to “critical technologies,” “critical infrastructure” and/or “sensitive personal data.”

Our initial shareholders, including our sponsor, will own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares). Our sponsor is exclusively “controlled” for CFIUS purposes by Mr. Gores, who is a U.S. citizen, and thus we do not believe that our sponsor is a “foreign person” as defined in the CFIUS regulations. We do not believe that we have any substantial ties with a foreign person, and we do not expect that a transaction by us would necessarily require or warrant CFIUS review. However, it is possible that non-U.S. persons could be involved in our initial business combination (e.g., as existing shareholders of a target company or as PIPE investors), which may increase the risk that our initial business combination becomes subject to regulatory review, including review by CFIUS. As such, an initial business combination with a U.S. business or foreign business with U.S. subsidiaries that we may wish to pursue may be subject to CFIUS review. If a particular proposed initial business combination with a U.S. business falls within CFIUS’s jurisdiction, we may determine that we are required to make a mandatory filing or that we will submit to CFIUS review on a voluntary basis, or to proceed with the transaction without submitting to CFIUS and risk CFIUS intervention, before or after closing the transaction. CFIUS may decide to block or delay our proposed initial business combination, impose conditions with respect to such initial business combination or request the President of the United States to order us to divest all or a portion of the U.S. target business of our initial business combination that we acquired without first obtaining CFIUS approval, which may limit the attractiveness of, delay or prevent us from pursuing certain target companies that we believe would otherwise be beneficial to us and our shareholders. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited and we may be adversely affected in terms of competing with other special purpose acquisition companies which do not have any foreign ownership issues. In addition, certain federally licensed businesses may be subject to rules or regulations that limit foreign ownership.

 

75


Table of Contents

The process of government review, whether by CFIUS or otherwise, could be lengthy. Because we have only a limited time to complete our initial business combination, our failure to obtain any required approvals within the requisite time period may require us to liquidate. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the applicable time period required under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, including as a result of extended regulatory review of a potential initial business combination, we will, as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account, subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such event, our shareholders will miss the opportunity to benefit from an investment in a target company and the appreciation in value of such investment. Additionally, our warrants may be worthless.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

 

   

higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

 

   

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

 

   

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

   

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

 

   

exchange listing or delisting requirements;

 

   

tariffs and trade barriers;

 

   

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

   

longer payment cycles and challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

 

   

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

   

rates of inflation;

 

   

cultural and language differences;

 

   

employment regulations;

 

   

protection of intellectual property;

 

   

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

 

76


Table of Contents
   

corruption, social unrest, crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

 

   

deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

 

   

government appropriations of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

The recent Excise Tax on stock buybacks could be imposed on redemptions of our shares if we were to become a “covered corporation” in the future.

On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed into law the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the “IR Act”), which, among other things, generally imposes a 1% U.S. federal excise tax on certain repurchases of stock by “covered corporations” (which include publicly traded domestic (i.e., U.S.) corporations and certain domestic subsidiaries of publicly traded foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporations) occurring on or after January 1, 2023. The Excise Tax is imposed on the repurchasing corporation itself, not its stockholders from which the stock is repurchased. The amount of the Excise Tax is generally 1% of the fair market value of the shares repurchased at the time of the repurchase. However, for purposes of calculating the Excise Tax, repurchasing corporations are permitted to net the fair market value of certain new stock issuances against the fair market value of stock repurchases during the same taxable year. In addition, certain exceptions apply to the Excise Tax. The U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) has authority to provide regulations and other guidance to carry out, and prevent the abuse or avoidance of, the Excise Tax. On April 9, 2024, the Treasury issued proposed Treasury regulations that provide proposed operating rules for the Excise Tax, including rules governing the computation of the Excise Tax, on which taxpayers may rely until the proposed Treasury regulations are finalized, and on June 28, 2024, the Treasury issued final Treasury regulations on the reporting and payment (but not the computation) of the Excise Tax. In the proposed Treasury regulations, the Treasury exempts from the Excise Tax any distributions by a covered corporation in the same year it completely liquidates within the meaning of either Section 331 or Section 332(a) (but not both) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which includes distributions that occur in connection with redemptions. Under the proposed Treasury regulations, the Excise Tax may be applicable to redemptions by a covered corporation in connection with (i) a liquidation that is not a “complete liquidation” within the meaning of either Section 331 or Section 332(a) of the Code, (ii) an extension, depending on the timing of the extension relative to when the covered corporation consummates an initial business combination or liquidates and (iii) an initial business combination, depending on the structure of the initial business combination. Although the Treasury regulations clarify certain aspects of the Excise Tax, the interpretation and operation of other aspects of the Excise Tax remain unclear. In addition, although taxpayers generally may rely on the proposed Treasury regulations until they are finalized, there is no assurance that the proposed Treasury regulations will be finalized in their current form, and therefore, the Excise Tax might apply to a future transaction undertaken by us (including after a business combination) in a manner that is different than described in the proposed Treasury regulations.

We are currently not a “covered corporation” for purposes of the Excise Tax. If we were to become a “covered corporation” in the future, whether in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination with a U.S. company (including if we were to redomicile as a U.S. corporation in connection therewith) or otherwise, whether and to what extent we would be subject to the Excise Tax on a redemption of our shares would depend on a number of

 

77


Table of Contents

factors, including (i) whether the redemption is treated as a repurchase of shares for purposes of the Excise Tax, (ii) the fair market value of the redemption treated as a repurchase of shares, (iii) the structure of our initial business combination, (iv) the nature and amount of any “PIPE” or other equity issuances (whether in connection with our initial business combination or otherwise) issued within the same taxable year of a redemption treated as a repurchase of shares and (v) the content of finalized regulations and other guidance from the Treasury. As noted above, the Excise Tax would be payable by the repurchasing corporation, and not by the redeeming holder, and only limited guidance on the mechanics of any required reporting and payment of the Excise Tax on which taxpayers may rely have been issued to date. The imposition of the Excise Tax on us as a result of redemptions by us could, however, reduce the cash available to the target business in connection with our initial business combination, which could cause investors in our securities who do not redeem or the other shareholders of the combined company to economically bear the impact of such Excise Tax.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue will be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and pandemics, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

78


Table of Contents

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or from an independent accounting firm that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view, however, we may elect to obtain one. If we determine it appropriate to get a fairness opinion or if we are not independently able to determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain such an opinion. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our public shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 40,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering, there will be 373,775,000 and 33,500,000 (assuming, in each case, that the underwriter has not exercised its over-allotment option and the forfeiture of 975,000 Class B ordinary shares) authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance, which amount takes into account the Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants but not the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Class B ordinary shares, which amount is not currently determinable. Immediately after the consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred shares issued and outstanding. Class B ordinary shares are convertible into shares of our Class A ordinary shares initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as

 

79


Table of Contents

set forth herein, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Class B ordinary shares are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time.

We may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

 

   

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering;

 

   

may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;

 

   

could cause a change of control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

 

   

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price that is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.00 per share or a price which approximates the per-share amounts in our trust account at such time. The purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could

 

80


Table of Contents

materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

Recent increases in inflation and interest rates in the United States and elsewhere could make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Recent increases in inflation and interest rates in the United States and elsewhere may lead to, among other things, (i) increased price volatility for publicly traded securities, including ours, (ii) increased borrowing costs and higher risk-free rates, (iii) other national, regional and international economic disruptions, and (iv) uncertainty regarding the valuation of target businesses, any of which could make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by events that are outside of our control, such as increased geopolitical unrest, pandemic outbreaks (such as COVID-19) and volatility in the debt and equity markets.

Our ability to find a potential target business and the business of any potential company with which we may consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected by events that are outside of our control. For example, geopolitical unrest (such as the ongoing military conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East), including war, terrorist activity and acts of civil or international hostility are increasing. Although the length, impact and outcome of these ongoing military conflicts is highly unpredictable, these conflicts could lead to significant market and other disruptions, including significant volatility in the commodity prices and supple of energy resources, instability in financial markets, supply chain interruptions, political and social instability, changes in consumer or purchaser preferences as well as increase in cyberattacks and espionage.

The United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom and other countries have and may continue to implement sanctions, export controls or other measures against Russia, Belarus and other countries, regions, officials, individuals or industries in the respective territories. Such evolving conflicts may expand to other countries and markets.

Further, in recent years, the U.S. government has indicated its intent to alter its approach to international trade policy and in some cases to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements and treaties with foreign countries, and has made proposals and taken actions related thereto. For example, the U.S. government has imposed, and may in the future further increase, tariffs on certain foreign goods, including from China, such as steel and aluminum. Most recently, the current U.S. Presidential administration has imposed or sought to impose significant increases to tariffs on goods imported into the U.S., including from China, Canada, Mexico and the European Union. Some foreign governments, including China, Canada, Mexico and the European Union, have instituted or announced an intention to impose retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. goods. Such tariffs, export controls or other governmental actions related to international trade agreements, and policies that materially constrain cross-border flows of investment, goods, or data, may have the potential to increase costs, decrease margins, and reduce the competiveness of products and services offered by potential target businesses and adversely affect the revenues and profitability of potential target businesses.

Such sanctions, tariffs, export controls and other measures, as well as the potential for expanded military activities, could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and

 

81


Table of Contents

could adversely affect our ability to search for a business combination or finance such business combination, and the business, financial condition and results of operations of any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination may be materially adversely affected.

Similarly other events outside of our control, including natural disasters, climate-related events, pandemics or health crises (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) may arise from time to time, and such events may cause significant volatility and declines in the global markets, disproportionate impacts to certain industries or sectors, disruptions to commerce (including to economic activity, travel and supply chain), loss of life or property damage, and may adversely affect the global economy or capital markets, and the business of any potential target business with which we may consummate a business combination and could be materially adversely affected. In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity or debt financing that may be impacted by these and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable or at all.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business that may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

Of the net proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, $260,000,000 (or $299,000,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be available to complete our business combination and pay related fees and expenses (which excludes up to approximately $7,800,000 (assuming no redemptions), or up to approximately $8,970,000 (assuming no redemptions) if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, for the payment of deferred underwriting commissions, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders).

We may effectuate our business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

 

   

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

 

   

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our business combination.

 

82


Table of Contents

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure a business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

 

83


Table of Contents

In order to effectuate our initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and changed industry focus. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and amending our warrant agreement will, in most cases, require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended by way of a special resolution requiring the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) but excluding the provisions of the articles relating to the appointment of directors and continuation of the Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which require the approval of a majority of at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting), may be amended by way of a special resolution requiring the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively

 

84


Table of Contents

beneficially own up to 20.00% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering and excluding the issuance of the private placement shares), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares less amounts that have been released to us for permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our sponsor, officers and directors. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals and dissolution expenses, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our business combination, we may require

 

85


Table of Contents

such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

The market for directors and officers liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. Fewer insurance companies are offering quotes for directors and officers liability coverage, the premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors.

We may engage our underwriter or one of its affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial business combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. Our underwriter is entitled to receive deferred commissions that will be released from the trust only on a completion of an initial business combination. These financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

We may engage our underwriter or its respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing. We may pay such underwriter or its affiliate fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation. The underwriter is entitled to receive deferred commissions that are conditioned on the completion of an initial business combination. The underwriter’s or its respective affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

 

86


Table of Contents

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, we have also engaged our underwriter to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under an engagement letter, we will pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC a fee equal to 3.00% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering, payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We have agreed to indemnify our underwriter and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include target historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, (“GAAP”), or international financing reporting standards, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2026. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to discuss company affairs with management.

 

87


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Sponsor and Management Team

Past performance by Gores, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Gores and its affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Gores and by our management team, including with respect to each special purpose acquisition company currently or previously sponsored by Gores, is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of Gores’, or our management team’s, or any special purpose acquisition company currently or previously sponsored by Gores performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Furthermore, an investment in us is not an investment in Gores.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors that may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s areas of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Since our sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On June 30, 2023, our sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised). The number of founder shares outstanding following the surrender on February 3, 2025 was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 29,900,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20.00% of the outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares). Up to 975,000 of the founder shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will

 

88


Table of Contents

transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. Our sponsor, Gores Sponsor X LLC (which we refer to as our sponsor throughout this prospectus), has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 Class A ordinary shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), at the initial public offering price of our public shares of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. These Class A ordinary shares, which we refer to as the private placement shares, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as described in this prospectus. Holders of founder shares and private placement shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto) and (B) not to redeem any founder shares or private placement shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or an officer or director, and we may pay our sponsor, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliate’s fees and expenses in connection with identifying, investigating and consummating an initial business combination.

The personal and financial interests of our sponsor, its affiliates or our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month (or 27-month), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve) anniversary of this offering nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

In addition, the officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post- combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is

 

89


Table of Contents

possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

We may approve an amendment or wavier of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsor to directly, or members of our sponsor to indirectly, transfer founder shares and private placement shares or membership interests in our sponsor in a transaction in which the sponsor removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination, which may deprive us of key personnel.

While there is no current intention to do so, and the members of our management team and sponsor have not done so with any previously formed special purpose acquisition companies, we may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow the sponsor to directly, or members of our sponsor to indirectly, transfer founder shares and private placement shares or membership interests in our sponsor in a transaction in which the sponsor or The Gores Group removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that The Gores Group and its affiliates, our sponsor and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsor, which would likely result in our loss of certain key personnel, including Alec Gores, Mark Stone and Andrew McBride. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsor or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the

 

90


Table of Contents

target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidates’ key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

We may pursue business combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing potential conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to identify and pursue initial business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our officers and directors are employed by affiliates of The Gores Group, which is an investment manager to various private investment funds that make investments in securities or other interests of or relating to companies in industries we may target for our initial business combination. Our independent directors also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of

 

91


Table of Contents

their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Directors and Officers.”

Members of our management team and board of directors have significant experience as founders, board members, officers or executives of other companies, including other special purpose acquisition companies. Certain of those persons have been, may be, or may become, involved in proceedings, investigations and litigation relating to the business affairs of the companies with which they were, are, or may in the future be, affiliated. Further, certain of those persons have been, may be, or may become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings unrelated to the business affairs of the companies with which they were, are, or may in the future be, affiliated. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming and could divert our management’s attention, and may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial business combination.

During the course of their careers, members of our management team and board of directors have had significant experience as founders, board members, officers or executives of other companies, including other special purpose acquisition companies. As a result of their involvement and positions in these companies, certain of those persons were, are now, or may in the future become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including relating to the business affairs of such companies, claims alleging disclosure deficiencies or breaches of fiduciary duties, transactions entered into by such companies, or otherwise. Individual members of our management team and board of directors are or may become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings involving claims or allegations related to or as a result of their personal conduct, either in their capacity as a corporate officer or director or otherwise, and may be personally named in such actions and potentially subject to personal liability. Any such liability may or may not be covered by insurance and/or indemnification, depending on the facts and circumstances. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming. Any litigation, investigations or other proceedings and the potential outcomes of such actions may divert the attention and resources of our management team and board of directors away from identifying and selecting a target business or businesses for our initial business combination and may negatively affect our reputation, which may impede our ability to complete an initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of this offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our sponsor and officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business. In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis.

 

92


Table of Contents

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (including with respect to any business transaction that may involve another Gores entity) for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Accordingly, none of The Gores Group or our directors or officers will have obligations to present a business combination opportunity to us. However, the personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination.

Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing or a business combination.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see the sections of this prospectus entitled “Management—Directors and Officers,” “Management—Conflicts of Interest” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us, including the formation or participation in one or more other blank check companies. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

In particular, The Gores Group and its affiliates have invested in sectors as diverse as industrials, technology, telecommunications, media and entertainment, business services, healthcare and consumer products. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

 

93


Table of Contents

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Management— Conflicts of Interest.” Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination as set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Risks Relating to Our Securities

You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the issuance of the underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available, and a current prospectus is available. Such registration or current prospectus, as applicable, may not be in place when you desire to exercise warrants, thus precluding you from being able to exercise your warrants except, to the extent expressly permitted by the warrant agreement, on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

If the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares upon the exercise of the warrants is not registered, qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, warrant holders will not be entitled to exercise their warrants and such warrants may have no value and expire worthless.

While we have registered the offer of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act as part of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, this prospectus cannot be used for the purpose of a future decision to exercise the warrants, and we do not plan on keeping a prospectus current until after the closing of the initial business combination in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that as soon as practicable following the closing of the initial business combination, but in no event later than 20 business days thereafter, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, as applicable, under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and thereafter to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or earlier redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for

 

94


Table of Contents

example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in such registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order.

Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement or current prospectus, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. To exercise warrants on a cashless basis, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants in exchange for a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of (A) the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants and (B) the difference between the “fair market value” and the exercise price of the warrants by (ii) such fair market value. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 10 trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire without value to the holder. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares included in the units. If and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in this offering, our initial shareholders, the holders of our private placement shares, and the holders of shares that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, and any other securities of the company acquired by them prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders, holders of our private placement shares or holders of our working capital loans, or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

 

95


Table of Contents

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We will apply to have our units listed on Nasdaq promptly after the date of this prospectus and our Class A ordinary shares and warrants listed on Nasdaq on or promptly after their date of separation. Although after giving effect to this offering we expect to meet, on a pro forma basis, the minimum initial listing standards set forth in the Nasdaq listing standards, we cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market value of listed securities (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (currently 400 round-lot holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, and we would be required to have a minimum of 400 round-lot holders (with at least 50% of such round lot holders holding securities with a market value of at least $2,500). We cannot assure you we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including

 

   

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

   

reduced liquidity for our securities;

 

   

a determination that our Class A ordinary shares would be considered a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

 

   

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

 

   

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our units and eventually our Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

 

96


Table of Contents

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we will not be offering a “penny stock,” we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if this offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Proposed Business—Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (b) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’

 

97


Table of Contents

rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following this offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

 

   

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

 

   

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

   

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

 

   

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

 

   

our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

 

   

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

 

   

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

 

98


Table of Contents
   

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

 

   

other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

The exercise price for the public warrants is higher than in many similar blank check company offerings in the past, and, accordingly, the warrants are more likely to expire worthless.

The exercise price of the public warrants is higher than is typical in many similar blank check companies in the past. Historically, the exercise price of a warrant was generally a fraction of the purchase price of the units in the initial public offering. The exercise price for our public warrants is $11.50 per share. As a result, the warrants are less likely to ever be in the money and more likely to expire worthless.

Our initial shareholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial shareholders will own shares representing 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering and excluding the issuance of the private placement shares). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of major corporate transactions. If our initial shareholders purchase any units in this offering or if our initial shareholders purchase any additional ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the founder shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will (i) entitle the holders to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and (ii) in a vote to continue the Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), entitle the holders to ten votes for every founder share; provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to our shareholders and approved, holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the private placement shares) and holders of our Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination or on the removal of directors. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our business combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor.

Our sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per founder share (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option), and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our Class B ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share (allocating all of the unit purchase price to the Class A ordinary shares and none to the one-fourth of a warrant included in the unit)

 

99


Table of Contents

and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A ordinary shares after this offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. Our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon the closing of this offering, and assuming no value is ascribed to the warrants included in the units, you and the other public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 25.59% (or $(2.56)) per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $7.44 and the initial offering price of $10.00 per unit. In addition, because of the anti-dilution rights of the founder shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares. For more information on how dilution was calculated in the preceding sentence and the assumptions underlying the expected dilution that you will experience following this offering, please see the section entitled “Dilution” in this prospectus.

Generally, the dilution that our public shareholders will experience increases the more public shares are redeemed. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares may also significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would even further increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. In addition, because of the anti-dilution protection in the founder shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.

Our public shareholders will experience dilution even if no public shares are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination or another redemption event, for instance in connection with the implementation by the directors of, following a shareholder vote, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed or repurchased in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or, if applicable, 27 months) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

However, while our public shareholders will experience dilution even if none of our public shares are redeemed, the dilution they will experience will decrease the more of our public shares remain issued and outstanding following a redemption event. For instance, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase units, public shares, warrants or equity-linked securities in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination or if we enter into non-redemption agreements with certain of our shareholders, the number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases or shares subject to non-redemption agreements, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Proposed Business—Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Permitted Purchases of our Securities.”

 

100


Table of Contents

The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may significantly dilute the implied value of your public shares in the event we consummate an initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.

While we are offering our units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and the amount in our trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share, implying an initial value of $10.00 per public share, our sponsor only paid $25,000 to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 6,500,000 founder shares (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option), or approximately $0.004 per share. Further, if we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. As a result, the value of your public shares may be significantly diluted in the event we consummate an initial business combination. For example, the following table shows the public shareholders’ and sponsor’s investment per share and how that compares to the implied value of one of our shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination if at that time we were valued at $260,000,000, which is the amount we would have for our initial business combination in the trust account assuming the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised, no interest is earned on the funds held in the trust account, and no public shares are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination. At such valuation, after taking into account the sale of the private placement shares, each of our ordinary shares would have an implied value of $7.95 per share, which is a 20.05% decrease as compared to the initial implied value per public share of $10.00.

 

Public shares

     26,000,000  

Founder shares

     6,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Private placement shares

     225,000  

Total shares

     32,725,000  

Total funds in trust available for initial business combination(1)

   $ 260,000,000  

Implied value per share(1)(2)

   $ 7.95  

Public shareholders’ investment per share(3)

   $ 10.00  

Sponsor’s investment per share(4)

   $ 0.34  

 

(1)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and the forfeiture of 975,000 founder shares.

(2)

Does not take into account other potential impacts on our valuation at the time of the business combination, such as the value of our warrants, the trading price of our public shares, the business combination transaction costs (including payment of $7,800,000 of deferred underwriting commissions), any equity issued or cash paid to the target’s sellers or other third parties, or the target’s business itself, including its assets, liabilities, management and prospects.

(3)

While the public shareholders’ investment is in both the public shares and the public warrants, for purposes of this table the full investment amount is ascribed to the public shares only.

(4)

The sponsor’s total investment in the equity of the company, inclusive of the founder shares and the sponsor’s $2,250,000 investment in the private placement shares, is $2,275,000.

While the implied value of our public shares may be diluted, the implied value of $7.95 per share in the example above would represent a significant implied profit for our sponsor relative to the initial purchase price of the founder shares. Our sponsor has committed to invest an

 

101


Table of Contents

aggregate of $2,275,000 in us in connection with this offering, composed of the $25,000 purchase price for the founder shares and the $2,250,000 purchase price for the private placement shares. At $7.95 per share, the 6,500,000 founder shares would have an aggregate implied value of $51,675,000. As a result, even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares significantly declines (whether because of a substantial amount of redemptions of our public shares or for any other reason), our sponsor will stand to make significant profit on its investment in us. In addition, our sponsor could potentially recoup nearly its entire investment in us even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares were as low as $0.34 per share. As a result, our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us even if we select and consummate an initial business combination that causes the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline, while our public shareholders who purchased their units in this offering could lose significant value in their public shares. Our sponsor may therefore be economically incentivized to consummate an initial business combination with a riskier, weaker-performing or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the founder shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our warrant agreement will provide that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. With respect to any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, we note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the

 

102


Table of Contents

rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

Our warrants are expected to be accounted for as a warrant liability and will be recorded at fair value upon issuance with any changes in fair value each period reported in our statement of operations, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities or may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Following the consummation of this offering, we will have 6,500,000 warrants outstanding (or 7,475,000 warrants outstanding assuming the underwriter’s overallotment option to purchase additional units is exercised in full). We currently expect to account for these warrants as a warrant liability, which means that we will record them at fair value upon issuance, and the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, as determined by us based upon a valuation report obtained from our independent third-party valuation firm, with the change in fair value each period recognized in our statement of operations. Changes in the inputs and assumptions for the valuation model we use to determine the fair value of such liability may have a material impact on the estimated fair value of the embedded derivative liability. The share price of our ordinary shares represents the primary underlying variable that impacts the value of the derivative instruments. Additional factors that impact the value of the derivative instruments include the volatility of our share price, discount rates and stated interest rates. As a result, our financial statements and results of operations will fluctuate quarterly, based on various factors, such as the share price of our ordinary shares, many of which are outside of our control. In addition, we may change the underlying assumptions used in our valuation model, which could in turn result in significant fluctuations in our results of operations. If our share price is volatile, we expect that we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our warrants or any other similar derivative instruments each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material. The impact of changes in fair value on earnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, potential targets may seek a business combination partner that does

 

103


Table of Contents

not have warrants that are accounted for as a warrant liability, which may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Anti-Dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send notice of such redemption to the warrant holders and provided certain other conditions are met. We will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating thereto is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.

Our management’s ability to require holders of our public warrants to exercise such public warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the public warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their public warrants for cash.

If we call our public warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its public warrants to do so on a cashless basis. If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis, the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised their public warrants for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in us.

Our warrants, private placement shares and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effectuate our business combination.

We will be issuing warrants to purchase 6,500,000 Class A ordinary shares (or up to 7,475,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) as part of the units offered by this prospectus and, simultaneously with the closing of this offering, we will be issuing in a private placement shares to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 private placement shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $10.00 per share, subject to adjustment. Our initial shareholders, which include our sponsor, currently own an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised). After

 

104


Table of Contents

taking into account the issuance of the private placement shares, our sponsor will own an aggregate of 6,650,000 ordinary shares or 20.32% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, or an aggregate of 7,625,000 ordinary shares or 20.28% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full. In addition, if our sponsor makes any working capital loans, it may convert up to $1,500,000 of such loans into up to an additional 150,000 private placement shares, at the price of $10.00 per share.

To the extent we issue Class A ordinary shares to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business combination. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

Because each unit contains one-fourth of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-fourth of one warrant. Because, pursuant to the warrant agreement, the warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares, only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-fourth of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

The determination of the offering price of our units and the size of this offering is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our units properly reflects the value of such units than you would have in a typical offering of an operating company.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and the underwriter. In determining the size of this offering, management held customary organizational meetings with the underwriter, both prior to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriter believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of this offering, prices and terms of the units, including the Class A ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units, include:

 

   

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

 

   

prior offerings of those companies;

 

   

our prospects for acquiring an operating business;

 

   

a review of debt to equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

 

105


Table of Contents
   

our capital structure;

 

   

an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

 

   

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

other factors as were deemed relevant.

Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Shareholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions, including as a result of geopolitical events like the conflicts in Ukraine, Israel and Gaza or economic impacts such as inflation. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

If we take advantage of Nasdaq’s controlled company standards, we would be exempt from various corporate governance requirements.

Nasdaq listing rules generally define a “Controlled Company” as any company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. Prior to the vote on our initial business combination, only holders of the founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors; provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting of the Company in which a business combination is submitted to the shareholders of the Company for approval, holders of the Class A ordinary shares and holders of the Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, shall have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the provision in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination. More than 50% of the founder shares will be held by our sponsor. Accordingly, prior to the vote on our initial business combination, we would likely satisfy the definition of being a controlled company. As indicated herein, we will not use the related exemptions to Nasdaq’s governance rules under the controlled company standards. However, if we were to change our intentions and take advantage of the controlled company standards, we would be exempt from various corporate governance requirements such as the requirement to have a majority of independent directors and to have nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees comprised entirely of independent directors.

General Risk Factors

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this offering. Because we lack an

 

106


Table of Contents

operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our business combination. If we fail to complete our business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues equaled to or exceeded $100 million during

 

107


Table of Contents

such completed fiscal year and the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

 

108


Table of Contents

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include two-year director terms and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law provides that none of our officers and directors shall have a duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, and that we renounce any interest or expectancy in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for our officers and directors, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no individual serving as a director or an officer of the Company shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for a director or an officer of the Company, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other. Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, a director or an officer of the Company shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a member, director and/or officer solely by reason of the fact that such party pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers, other employees or shareholders for breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions may be brought only in the courts of the Cayman Islands and, if brought outside of The Cayman Islands, the shareholder bringing the suit will, subject to certain exceptions, be deemed to have consented to service of process on such shareholder’s counsel, which may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, other employees or shareholders.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in the Company, including but not limited to (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any current or former director, officer, shareholder or other employee of the Company to the Company or the shareholders of the Company, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act

 

109


Table of Contents

or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have, each shareholder of the Company acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly the Company shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

This choice of forum provision may increase a shareholder’s cost and limit the shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any of our shares or other securities, whether by transfer, sale, operation of law or otherwise, shall be deemed to have notice of and have irrevocably agreed and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find this type of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find this provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could have adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. holders”) of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants,

 

110


Table of Contents

the U.S. holder may be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Additionally, even if we qualify for the start-up exception with respect to a given taxable year, there cannot be any assurance that we would not be a PFIC in other taxable years. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of the start-up exception, potentially not until after the two taxable years following our current taxable year). Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to their ordinary shares, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to holders of our ordinary shares and warrants. For a more detailed explanation of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Act, reincorporate in or transfer by way of continuation to the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder or warrant holder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder or warrant holder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or warrant holders to pay such taxes. Shareholders or warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for

 

111


Table of Contents

example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/ creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders.

In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the

 

112


Table of Contents

extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.

Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors contains provisions relating to transfer restrictions of our founder shares and private placement shares, indemnification of the trust account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the trust account. The letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval with our written consent as well as the written consent of the sponsor and our directors and officers to the extent they are the subject of any change, amendment, modification or waiver to the letter agreement. The written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC, as the underwriter, will also be required for an amendment of a provision of the letter agreement that subjects the sponsor and our directors and officers to certain of the restrictions included in the underwriting agreement and pursuant to which the sponsor and our officers and directors agree that, subject to certain limited exceptions described in the letter agreement (for more information on such limited exceptions, also see “Securities Eligible for future sale—Summary of resale restrictions”) and certain other exceptions described in the underwriting agreement, for a period ending 180 days from the date of this prospectus, our sponsor and our directors and officers will not, without the prior written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC, as the underwriter, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, units, warrants, Class A ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Class A ordinary shares (for more information on the letter agreement in which the transfer restrictions are included and for more information on the limited exceptions to such transfer restrictions, also see “Proposed Business—Our Sponsor”. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.

 

113


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are offering 26,000,000 units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering together with the funds we will receive from the sale of the private placement shares will be used as set forth in the following table.

 

    Without
Over-Allotment
Option
    Over-Allotment
Option Fully
Exercised
 

Gross proceeds

   

Gross proceeds from units offered to public(1)

  $ 260,000,000     $ 299,000,000  

Gross proceeds from private placement shares offered in the private placement

    2,250,000       2,250,000  

Total gross proceeds

  $ 262,250,000     $ 301,250,000  

Estimated Offering expenses(2)

   

Underwriting commissions (0.096% of gross proceeds from units offered to public, excluding deferred portion)(3)

  $ 250,000     $ 250,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    800,000       800,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    30,000       30,000  

SEC/FINRA Expenses

    139,624       139,624  

Travel and road show

    500       500  

Nasdaq listing and filing fees

    80,000       80,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    50,000       50,000  

Miscellaneous

    49,876       49,876  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total offering expenses (excluding underwriting commissions)

  $ 1,150,000     $ 1,150,000  

Proceeds after offering expenses

  $ 260,850,000     $ 299,850,000  

Held in trust account(3)

  $ 260,000,000     $ 299,000,000  

% of public offering size

    100%       100%  

Not held in trust account after offering expenses

    850,000       850,000  

The following table shows the expected use of the approximately $850,000 of net proceeds not held in the trust account and excludes funds from permitted withdrawals:(4)

 

     AMOUNT      % OF TOTAL  

Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel, and other expenses(5)

     104,000        12%  

Payment for office space, administrative and support services

     240,000        28%  

Nasdaq continued listing fees

     81,000        10%  

Director & Officer liability insurance premiums(6)

     425,000        50%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 850,000        100%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes amounts payable to public shareholders who properly redeem their shares in connection with our successful completion of our initial business combination.

(2)

A portion of the offering expenses will be paid from the proceeds of loans from our sponsor of up to $600,000 as described in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2024, we have borrowed approximately $173,000 under the promissory note with our sponsor to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan will be repaid upon completion of this offering out of the $2,000,000 of offering proceeds that has been allocated for the payment of offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions) and amounts not to be held in the trust account. In the event that offering expenses are less than set forth in this table, any such amounts will be used for post-closing working capital expenses. In the event that the offering expenses are more than as set forth in this table, we may fund such excess with funds not held in the trust account.

(3)

The underwriter will be paid a commission of $0.0096 per unit on all units sold other than units sold per the underwriter’s over-allotment option ($250,000 in the aggregate) upon the closing of this offering. There will be no incremental upfront underwriting discounts and commissions if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. The underwriter has agreed to defer underwriting commissions equal to 3.0% of the gross proceeds of this offering. Upon completion of our initial business combination, $7,800,000, which constitutes the underwriter’s

 

114


Table of Contents
  deferred commissions (or $8,970,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amount shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) will be paid to the underwriter and, at our discretion, to other members of FINRA who have assisted in the consummation of our initial business combination, from the funds held in the trust account, and the remaining funds will be released to us and can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses with which our initial business combination occurs or for general corporate purposes, including payment of principal or interest on indebtedness incurred in connection with our initial business combination, to fund the purchases of other companies or for working capital. The underwriter will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”
(4)

These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the event we identify a business combination target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses. The amount in the table above does not include interest available to us from the trust account. The proceeds held in the trust account will be held in cash, including in demand deposit accounts at a bank, or invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Assuming an interest rate of 4.00% per year, we estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $10,400,000 per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount.

(5)

Includes estimated amounts that may also be used in connection with our initial business combination to fund a “no shop” provision and commitment fees for financing.

(6)

This amount represents the approximate amount of annualized director and officer liability insurance premiums we anticipate paying following the completion of this offering and until we complete a business combination.

The rules of Nasdaq provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares be deposited in a trust account. Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, $260,000,000, or $10.00 per unit ($299,000,000, or $10.00 per unit, if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be placed into an-interest bearing U.S.-based trust account with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acting as trustee. These proceeds include $7,800,000 (assuming no redemptions) (or $8,970,000 (assuming no redemptions) if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) in deferred underwriting commissions. The proceeds held in the trust account will be held in cash, including in demand deposits at a bank, or invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. We estimate that the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $10,400,000 per year, assuming an interest rate of 4.00% per year. Except with respect to permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares will not be released from the trust account until the earliest to occur of: (a) the completion of our initial business combination, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) from the closing of this offering, or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (c) the redemption of our

 

115


Table of Contents

public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) from the closing of this offering, or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve of this offering, subject to applicable law.

The net proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete our business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post- transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We believe that amounts not held in trust will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. This belief is based on the fact that while we may begin preliminary due diligence of a target business in connection with an indication of interest, we intend to undertake in-depth due diligence, depending on the circumstances of the relevant prospective acquisition, only after we have negotiated and signed a letter of intent or other preliminary agreement that addresses the terms of a business combination. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. If we are required to seek additional capital, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from our sponsor, members of our management team or their affiliates, but such persons are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will have available to us $850,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, as well as certain funds from loans from our sponsor. We will use these funds and our working capital primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination and to pay taxes, if needed. During that period, we expect our principal expenses to include franchise and income taxes; regulatory reporting requirements; Nasdaq and other regulatory fees; and office space, administrative and support services. We will enter into an Administrative Services Agreement pursuant to which we will also pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $600,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of December 31, 2024, we have borrowed approximately $173,000 under the promissory note with our sponsor to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and is due at the earlier of December 31, 2025, or the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the $2,000,000 of offering proceeds not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and

 

116


Table of Contents

directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights so that we cannot satisfy a certain amount of cash as a closing condition, we would not proceed with the redemption of our public shares or the business combination, and instead may search for an alternate business combination.

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (b) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, following the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein and any limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed business combination. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our business combination within the prescribed time frame. However, if our sponsor

 

117


Table of Contents

or any of our officers, directors or affiliates acquires public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

 

118


Table of Contents

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share of Class A ordinary shares, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement shares, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A ordinary shares after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, which would cause the actual dilution to the public shareholders to be higher, particularly where a cashless exercise is utilized. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A ordinary shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares.

The below presentation (A) assumes that (i) no ordinary shares are issued to shareholders of a potential business combination target as consideration or issuable by a post-business combination company, for instance under an equity or employee share purchase plan, (ii) no ordinary shares and convertible equity or debt securities are issued in connection with additional financing that we may seek in connection with an initial business combination, and (iii) no working capital loans are converted into private placement shares, as further described in this prospectus, and (B) assumes the issuance of 26,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the public units sold in this offering (or 29,900,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the public units sold in this offering if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), 225,000 private placement shares sold in a private placement in connection with this offering (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) and 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 of which are assumed to be forfeited in the scenario in which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised in full).

Generally, the dilution that our public shareholders will experience increases the more public shares are redeemed. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares may also significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would even further increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. In addition, because of the anti-dilution protection in the Class B ordinary shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares. For more information on risks related to dilution also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination—We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our public shareholders and likely present other risks.”

Our public shareholders will experience dilution even if no public shares are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination or another redemption event, for instance in connection with an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business

 

119


Table of Contents

combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity.

However, while our public shareholders will experience dilution even if none of our public shares are redeemed, the dilution they will experience will decrease the more of our public shares remain issued and outstanding following a redemption event. For instance, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase units, public shares, rights or equity-linked securities in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination or if we enter into non-redemption agreements with certain of our shareholders, the number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases or shares subject to non-redemption agreements, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Proposed Business—Permitted Purchases of Our Securities.”

The following table illustrates the difference between the public offering price per unit and our NTBV per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering and assuming the redemption of our public shares included in the public units offered hereby at varying levels in the scenarios in which the over-allotment option is not exercised and exercised in full:

 

As of December 31, 2024  

OFFERING
PRICE OF
$10.00
PER UNIT

    25% OF
MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION
    50% OF
MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION
     75% OF MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION
     MAXIMUM
REDEMPTION
 
NTBV     NTBV     DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE
    NTBV     DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE
     NTBV      DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE
     NTBV      DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN
NTBV AND
OFFERING
PRICE
 
  Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option  
$ 7.45     $ 6.90     $ 3.10     $ 5.97     $ 4.03      $ 4.14      $ 5.86      $ (1.26    $ 11.26  
  Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option  
$ 7.44     $ 6.88     $ 3.12     $ 5.95     $ 4.05      $ 4.11      $ 5.89      $ (1.29    $ 11.29  

 

120


Table of Contents

For each of the redemption scenarios above, the NTBV was calculated as follows:

 

    No Redemptions     25% of Maximum
Redemptions
    50% of Maximum
Redemptions
    75% of Maximum
Redemptions
    Maximum
Redemptions
 
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With
Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With
Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With
Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With
Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With
Over-
Allotment
 

Public Offering Price

  $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00     $ 10.00  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Tangible book deficit before this offering

    (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16     (0.16

Increase attributable to public shareholders

    7.60       7.62       7.04       7.06       6.12       6.14       4.27       4.30       (1.13     (1.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma net tangible book value after this offering and the sale of the private placement shares

    7.44       7.45       6.88       6.90       5.95       5.97       4.11       4.14       (1.29     (1.26

Dilution to public shareholders

  $ 2.56     $ 2.55     $ 3.12     $ 3.10     $ 4.05     $ 4.03     $ 5.89     $ 5.86     $ 11.29     $ 11.26  

Percentage of dilution to public shareholders

    25.59     25.45     31.18     31.02     40.47     40.27     58.89     58.63     112.91     112.64

 

121


Table of Contents
    No Redemptions     25% of Maximum
Redemptions
    50% of Maximum
Redemptions
    75% of Maximum
Redemptions
    Maximum Redemptions  
    Without
Over-

Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-

Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-

Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-

Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-

Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book deficit before this offering

  $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858   $ (1,221,858

Net proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, net of expenses(1)

    260,850,000       299,850,000       260,850,000       299,850,000       260,850,000       299,850,000       260,850,000       299,850,000       260,850,000       299,850,000  

Plus: Offering costs excluded from net tangible book value before this offering

    1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858       1,181,858  

Less: Deferred underwriting commissions(2)

    (7,800,000     (8,970,000     (5,850,000     (6,727,500     (3,900,000     (4,485,000     (1,950,000     (2,242,500            

Less: Advisory fee(4)

    (7,800,000     (8,970,000     (7,800,000     (8,970,000     (7,800,000     (8,970,000     (7,800,000     (8,970,000  

 

(7,800,000

 

 

(8,970,000

Less: Warrant liability

    (1,365,000     (1,569,750     (1,365,000     (1,569,750     (1,365,000     (1,569,750     (1,365,000     (1,569,750  

 

(1,365,000

 

 

(1,569,750

Less: Over-allotment liability

    (326,881           (326,881           (326,881           (326,881           (326,881      

Less: Amounts paid for redemptions(3)

                (65,000,000     (74,750,000     (130,000,000     (149,500,000     (195,000,000     (224,250,000     (260,000,000     (299,000,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 243,518,119     $ 280,300,250     $ 180,468,119     $ 207,792,750     $ 117,418,119     $ 135,285,250     $ 54,368,119     $ 62,777,750     $ (8,681,881   $ (9,729,750
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents
    No Redemptions     25% of Maximum
Redemptions
    50% of Maximum
Redemptions
    75% of Maximum
Redemptions
    Maximum Redemptions  
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
    Without
Over-
Allotment
    With Over-
Allotment
 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering

    7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000       7,475,000  

Less: Ordinary shares forfeited if over-allotment is not exercised

    (975,000           (975,000           (975,000           (975,000           (975,000      

Plus: Ordinary shares offered

    26,000,000       29,900,000       26,000,000       29,900,000       26,000,000       29,900,000       26,000,000       29,900,000       26,000,000       29,900,000  

Plus: Private placement shares

    225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000       225,000  

Less: Ordinary shares redeemed

                (6,500,000     (7,475,000     (13,000,000     (14,950,000     (19,500,000     (22,425,000     (26,000,000     (29,900,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    32,725,000       37,600,000       26,225,000       30,125,000       19,725,000       22,650,000       13,225,000       15,175,000       6,725,000       7,700,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted NTBV

  $ 7.44     $ 7.45     $ 6.88     $ 6.90     $ 5.95     $ 5.97     $ 4.11     $ 4.14     $ (1.29   $ (1.26

 

(1)

Expenses applied against gross proceeds include offering expenses of approximately $1,150,000 and underwriting commissions of $8,050,000 (or up to $9,220,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full). See “Use of Proceeds.”

(2)

$0.3096 per unit (or $0.3084 per unit, if the underwriter’s option to purchase additional units is exercised in full), or $250,000 in the aggregate, is payable upon the closing of this offering. $0.30 per share, or $7,800,000 in the aggregate (or $8,970,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s option to purchase additional units is exercised in full, which amount shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) is payable to the underwriter for deferred underwriting commissions and will be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein. The deferred commissions will be fully earned by the underwriter upon the payment of the purchase price for the units purchased by the underwriter on the closing of this offering and will be released to the underwriter only on and concurrently with completion of an initial business combination. Such deferred commissions will be subject to pro rata reduction based on the extent of redemptions that reduce the amount of the trust account at the time of our consummation of our initial business combination. The deferred commissions may be allocated to members of FINRA who have assisted in the consummation of our initial business combination, at our discretion. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

(3)

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase units, public shares, rights or equity-linked securities in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination or if we enter into non-redemption agreements with certain of our shareholders, the number of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases or shares subject to non-redemption agreements, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Proposed Business —Permitted Purchases of Our Securities.”

(4)

We have engaged Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under an engagement letter, we will pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC a fee equal to 3.00% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering ($7,800,000 or $8,970,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We have agreed to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

 

123


Table of Contents

For purposes of presentation, we have reduced our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option) by $260,000,000 because holders of our public shares may exercise their redemption rights at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein.

The following table sets forth information (i) with respect to our initial shareholders and the public shareholders and (ii) that was used to determine the net tangible book value per share, as presented in this section:

 

     Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage  

Founder Shares

     6,500,000        19.86   $ 25,000        0.01   $ 0.004  

Private Placement Shares(2)

     225,000        0.69   $ 2,250,000        0.86   $ 10.00  

Public Shareholders

     26,000,000        79.45   $ 260,000,000        99.13   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
     32,725,000        100   $ 262,275,000        100.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeiture of 975,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor.

(2)

Includes 225,000 private placement shares purchased by our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering.

 

124


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2024, and as adjusted to give effect to the filing of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the sale of our Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering and the private placement shares sold concurrently with the consummation of this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities:

 

     December 31, 2024  
     Actual     As Adjusted(1)  

Deferred underwriting commissions

   $     $ 7,800,000  

Advisory Fee(6)

   $     $ 7,800,000  

Notes Payable(2)

   $ 172,901     $  

Warrant Liability

   $     $ 1,365,000  

Over-allotment liability(3)

   $     $ 326,881  

Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption, $0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 shares authorized; -0- and 26,000,000 shares are subject to possible redemption, actual and as adjusted, respectively(4)

   $     $ 260,000,000  

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Preferred shares, $ 0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized none issued or outstanding

   $     $  

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 shares authorized; none and 26,225,000 shares issued and outstanding (excluding -0- and 26,000,000 shares subject to redemption), actual and as adjusted

   $     $ 23  

Class B ordinary shares, $ 0.0001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,475,000 shares issued and outstanding (actual); 6,500,000 shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)(5)

   $ 748     $ 650  

Additional paid-in capital

   $ 24,252        

Accumulated deficit

   $ (65,000   $ (16,482,554
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (40,000   $ (16,481,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 132,901     $ 260,810,000  

 

(1)

Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and the resulting forfeiture of 975,000 founder shares held by our sponsor has occurred.

(2)

Our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $600,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of December 31, 2024, we have borrowed approximately $173,000 under the promissory note with our sponsor to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering.

(3)

The underwriter’s over-allotment option is deemed to be a freestanding financial instrument indexed on the shares subject to redemption and will be accounted for as a liability pursuant to ASC 480 if not fully exercised at the time of the initial public offering.

(4)

Upon the completion of our initial business combination, we will provide our shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals and dissolution expenses, subject to the limitations described herein and any limitations (including, but not limited to, cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed business combination. For a detailed calculation of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.”

(5)

Actual share amount is prior to any forfeiture of founder shares by our sponsor and as adjusted amount assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

(6)

We have engaged Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under an engagement letter, we will pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC a fee equal to 3.00% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering ($7,800,000 or $8,970,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We have agreed to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

 

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have not selected any potential business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions directly or indirectly, with respect to identifying any business combination target. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the issuance of the private placement shares, our share capital, debt or a combination of cash, share capital and debt.

The issuance of additional shares in a business combination:

 

   

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

 

   

may subordinate the rights of holders of our ordinary shares if preferred shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;

 

   

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

 

   

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

 

   

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

 

   

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

 

   

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

   

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

 

   

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

 

   

our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

 

   

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

 

126


Table of Contents
   

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

 

   

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

 

   

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

 

   

other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2024, we had no cash and deferred offering costs of $1,242,412. Further, we expect to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to complete our initial business combination will be successful.

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.

We expect to account for the warrants as warrant liabilities and not as equity. As a result, we will be required to measure the fair value of the warrants when they are issued and then at the end of each reporting period and to recognize changes in the fair value from the prior period in our operating results for the current period. Such amounts can be material and can be either other income or other expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied prior to the completion of this offering through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the founder shares to our sponsor and loans to us of up to $600,000 by our sponsor under an unsecured promissory note. As of December 31, 2024, we have borrowed approximately $173,000 under the promissory note with our sponsor to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. We estimate that the net proceeds from (i) the sale of the Class A ordinary shares in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $1,150,000, underwriting commissions of $250,000 (excluding deferred underwriting commissions of $7,800,000 (assuming no redemptions) (or $8,970,000 (assuming no redemptions) if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders), and (ii) the sale of the private placement shares for a purchase price of approximately $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be $260,850,000 (or $299,850,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $260,000,000 (or $299,000,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account, which includes $7,800,000 (assuming no redemptions) (or $8,970,000 (assuming no redemptions) if the

 

127


Table of Contents

underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) of deferred underwriting commissions. The remaining approximately $850,000 will not be held in the trust account. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,150,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,150,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses. To the extent that our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will have available to us the approximately $850,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account. We will use these funds to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

During that period, we expect our principal expenses to include franchise and income taxes; regulatory reporting requirements; Nasdaq and other regulatory fees; and office space, administrative and support services. We will enter into an Administrative Services Agreement pursuant to which we will also pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

These amounts are estimates and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such

 

128


Table of Contents

target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Controls and Procedures

We are currently not required to comply with Section 404(a) and (b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with Section 404(a) and (b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026. Only in the event that we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer would we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Many small and mid-sized target businesses we may consider for our business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

 

   

staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

 

   

reconciliation of accounts;

 

   

proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

 

   

evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

 

129


Table of Contents
   

documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

 

   

documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be held in cash, including in demand deposits at a bank, or invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Related Party Transactions

On June 30, 2023, our sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised). The number of founder shares outstanding following the surrender on February 3, 2025 was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 29,900,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20.00% of the outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares). Up to 975,000 of the founder shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. The per share purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the aggregate number of founder shares issued. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors at their original purchase price.

 

130


Table of Contents

Commencing on the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

We may pay our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination. These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on payments that may be made to our sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $600,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2025, or the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the $2,000,000 of offering proceeds not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

Our sponsor, Gores Sponsor X LLC (which we refer to as our sponsor throughout this prospectus), has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 Class A ordinary shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), at the initial public offering price of our public shares of $10.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. These Class A ordinary shares, which we refer to as the private placement shares, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as described in this prospectus. Our sponsor will be permitted to transfer the private placement shares held by it to certain permitted transferees, including our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with or related to it, but the transferees receiving such securities will be subject to the same agreements with respect to such securities as the sponsor. Otherwise, these private placement shares will not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our business combination. The private placement shares will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

 

131


Table of Contents

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we will enter into with our initial shareholders on or prior to the closing of this offering, we may be required to register certain securities for sale under the Securities Act. These holders, and holders of private placement shares issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, are entitled under the registration rights agreement to make up to three demands that we register certain of our securities held by them for sale under the Securities Act and to have the securities covered thereby registered for resale pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders have the right to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. We will bear the costs and expenses of filing any such registration statements. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of December 31, 2024, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus, as we have conducted no operations to date.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

 

132


Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We may pursue an initial business combination target in any business or industry. While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any business industry or sector, we intend to capitalize on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and manage a business that can benefit from our operational expertise, as members of our management team have done in diverse sectors, including industrials, technology, telecommunications, media and entertainment, business services, healthcare and consumer products. This operationally- oriented investment approach has served The Gores Group well since its founding in 1987.

We believe that our management team and other Gores personnel are well positioned to identify operationally-oriented acquisition opportunities in the marketplace and that our network and transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors, will allow us to generate attractive acquisition opportunities. Our team is led by Alec Gores, our Chairman, who has more than 35 years of experience as an entrepreneur, operator and private equity investor. Over the course of his career, Mr. Gores and his team have invested in more than 135 companies through varying macroeconomic environments with a consistent, operationally-oriented investment strategy.

Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Gores Group, a global investment firm focused on acquiring businesses that can benefit from the firm’s operating expertise. Mr. Gores implemented an operational approach to private equity investing when he founded The Gores Group in 1987 by operating businesses alongside management, or in some cases in lieu of management, to build value in those entities. Since then, Mr. Gores and the firm have invested in over 135 businesses worldwide. Under Mr. Gores’ leadership, The Gores Group has effected a number of successful corporate carve-out acquisitions over the last two decades. The Gores Group acquired VeriFone from Hewlett-Packard Company at a time when the business was generating significant revenues, but was cash flow negative. The Gores Group implemented dramatic changes to the business, and the business was sold and subsequently went public with an operating partner from The Gores Group serving as its chief executive officer. During that same timeframe, The Gores Group acquired The Learning Company from Mattel Corporation and transformed that business which, similarly, was generating significant revenues, but was suffering from severely negative cash flow. Since then, with Mr. Gores leading the firm, The Gores Group has created significant value in numerous transactions, including the acquisitions of Global Tel*Link from Schlumberger Ltd., Stock Building Supply from Wolseley plc, Therakos from Johnson & Johnson, the electronics power systems business from TE Connectivity Ltd., Siemens Enterprise Communications from Siemens AG and Sagem Communications from the Safran Group, among others. Mr. Gores began his career as a self-made entrepreneur and operating executive. In 1978, he self-funded and founded Executive Business Systems (EBS), a developer and distributor of vertical business software systems. Within seven years, EBS had become a leading value-added reseller in Michigan and employed over 200 people. In 1986, CONTEL purchased EBS, and Mr. Gores subsequently began acquiring and operating non-core businesses from major corporations and

 

133


Table of Contents

building value in those entities, a decision that ultimately led to the founding of what has evolved into The Gores Group today. Under his leadership, The Gores Group has continued to acquire businesses in need of operational and financial resources, while creating value and working with management teams to establish an entrepreneurial environment as a foundation for sustainable growth.

Together with a team of operations professionals spanning key business functional areas, as well as dedicated investment origination and mergers and acquisitions professionals, Mr. Gores developed a formula that led to numerous marquee investments and business transformations, with a strong focus on carve-out acquisitions from large corporate transaction partners, including:

 

   

The Learning Company from Mattel Corporation;

 

   

VeriFone from Hewlett-Packard Company;

 

   

Micron PC from Micron Electronics, Inc.;

 

   

Sagem Communications from the Safran Group;

 

   

Stock Building Supply from Wolseley plc;

 

   

The broadcast communications division from Harris Corporation;

 

   

The electronics power systems business from TE Connectivity Ltd.;

 

   

Elo Touch Solutions from TE Connectivity Ltd.;

 

   

Therakos from Johnson & Johnson; and

 

   

Brand-Rex from Honeywell International, Inc.

Our team, led by Alec Gores and including Mark Stone and Andrew McBride, has in the aggregate over 80 years of combined operational, financial, investment and transactional experience involving a diverse group of businesses, and we intend to focus on industries or sectors offering operationally-oriented acquisition opportunities that can benefit from our expertise. Messrs. Gores, Stone and McBride possess complementary skills and experience encompassing all aspects of the investment process, including sourcing, due diligence, valuation, structuring, financing, negotiation, execution, strategy development, operations management and investment realization.

In June 2015, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings I, a blank check company. Mr. Stone served as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings I. Gores Holdings I completed its initial public offering in August 2015, in which it sold 37,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings I common stock and one warrant to purchase one-half of one share of Gores Holdings I common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $375,000,000. Gores Holdings I completed its business combination with Hostess in November 2016, in which it contributed approximately $725 million to Hostess (consisting of $375 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement plus approximately $350 million in proceeds from an additional private placement completed at the time of the initial business combination). Hostess is one of the largest manufacturers and marketers of sweet baked goods including Twinkies®, Ding Dongs®, Ho Hos®, Donettes® and a variety of new and classic treats. From the closing of the business combination with Hostess until April 2018, Mr. Stone served as a director of Hostess.

In August 2016, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings II, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as Chief Financial

 

134


Table of Contents

Officer for Gores Holdings II. Gores Holdings II completed its initial public offering in January 2017, in which it sold 40,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings II common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings II common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $400,000,000. Gores Holdings II completed its business combination with Verra (formerly known as American Traffic Solutions, Inc.) in October 2018, in which it contributed approximately $800 million to Verra (consisting of $400 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement, plus approximately $400 million in proceeds from an additional private placement completed at the time of the initial business combination). Verra is a global leader in smart mobility and provides traffic safety, mobility, and compliance solutions for state and local governments, commercial fleets, and rental car companies in North America. Verra’s Class A common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “VRRM”.

In October 2017, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings III, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings III. Gores Holdings III completed its initial public offering in September 2018, in which it sold 40,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings III common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings III common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $400,000,000. Gores Holdings III completed its business combination with PAE, a leading provider of mission-critical services to the U.S. government, armed forces and international customers in February 2020, in which it contributed approximately $620 million to PAE (consisting of $400 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement, plus approximately $220 million in proceeds from an additional private placement completed at the time of the initial business combination).

In August 2018, Mr. Gores, together with Dean Metropoulos, a private investor specializing in investments in the consumer branded products industries, founded Gores Metropoulos, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. McBride, our Chief Financial Officer, served as Chief Financial Officer of Gores Metropoulos. Gores Metropoulos completed its initial public offering in February 2019, in which it sold 40,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Metropoulos common stock and one-third of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Metropoulos common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $400,000,000. Gores Metropoulos completed its business combination with Luminar in December 2020, in which it contributed approximately $406 million to Luminar (consisting of proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement). Luminar is a global leader in automotive lidar technology powering the introduction of highway autonomy. Luminar’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “LAZR”. Mr. Gores continues to serve as a director of Luminar.

In July 2019, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings IV, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings IV. Gores Holdings IV completed its initial public offering in January 2020, in which it sold 42,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings IV common stock and one-fourth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings IV common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $425,000,000. Gores Holdings IV completed its business combination with UWM in January 2021, in which it contributed approximately $895 million to UWM (consisting of $425 million in proceeds from the initial public offering and a simultaneous private placement). UWM is a leading wholesale mortgage lender in the U.S. UWM’s common stock and warrants are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “UWMC” and “UWMC.WS”, respectively.

In June 2020, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings V, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as the

 

135


Table of Contents

Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings V. Gores Holdings V completed its initial public offering on August 10, 2020, in which it sold 52,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings V common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings V common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $525,000,000. Gores Holdings V completed its business combination with a subsidiary of AMP in August 2021. AMP is a global leader in the supply of sustainable and infinitely-recyclable beverage cans. AMP’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AMBP”.

In June 2020, Mr. Gores and Mr. Stone founded Gores Holdings VI, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer and Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Holdings VI. Gores Holdings VI completed its initial public offering in December 2020, in which it sold 34,500,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Holdings VI common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Holdings VI common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $345,000,000. Gores Holdings VI completed its business combination with Matterport in July 2021. Matterport is a leading platform for the digitization and datafication of the built world. Matterport’s common stock is traded on Nasdaq under the symbol “MTTR”.

In July 2020, Mr. Gores, together with Dean Metropoulos, founded Gores Metropoulos II, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer for Gores Metropoulos II. Gores Metropoulos II completed its initial public offering in January 2021, in which it sold 45,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Metropoulos II common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Metropoulos II common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $450,000,000. In January 2022, Gores Metropoulos II completed its initial business combination with Sonder, a leading next generation hospitality company redefining the guest experience. Sonder’s common stock and warrants are traded on the Nasdaq under the symbols “SOND” and “SONDW,” respectively.

Gores previously completed initial public offerings for the Liquidated Gores SPACs, in the period between February 2021 and March 2021. Gores Holdings VIII previously announced a proposed initial business combination with Footprint International, a global materials science technology company focused on sustainable solutions but, the parties mutually determined to terminate the transaction. In 2022, the board of each of the Liquidated Gores SPACs determined it was not feasible to complete an initial business combination and due to recent changes in tax law, it was advantageous to the Liquidated Gores SPACs’ stockholders to dissolve each Liquidated Gores SPAC and redeem all outstanding public shares prior to December 31, 2022. In December 2022, all of the Liquidated Gores SPACs were liquidated and voluntarily delisted each of its Class A common stock, warrants and units from Nasdaq.

In December 2020, Mr. Gores, together with Guggenheim Capital, LLC, founded Gores Guggenheim, a blank check company. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Guggenheim. Gores Guggenheim completed its initial public offering in March 2021, in which it sold 75,000,000 units, each consisting of one share of Gores Guggenheim common stock and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one share of Gores Guggenheim common stock, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating aggregate proceeds of $750,000,000. Subsequently, in April 2021, the underwriters partially exercised their option to purchase 5,000,000 newly issued units to cover over-allotments, and following the partial exercise of the over-allotment option, the total aggregate issuance by the Company of 80,000,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit resulted in total gross proceeds of $800,000,000. In July 2022, Gores Guggenheim completed its business combination with Polestar, a global pure

 

136


Table of Contents

play, premium electric performance vehicle manufacturer. Polestar’s common stock and warrants are traded on the Nasdaq under the symbols “PSNY” and “PSNYW,” respectively.

On January 9, 2024, the stockholders of Gores Holdings IX approved a proposal to amend and restate its amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Extension Amendment”) to extend the date by which Gores Holdings IX must complete an initial business combination from January 14, 2024 to December 6, 2024. Gores Holdings IX filed the Extension Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on January 9, 2024. In connection with the vote to approve the proposal to adopt the Extension Amendment, holders of 46,470,023 shares of Class A common stock exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.59 per share, for a total aggregate redemption amount of approximately $492.3 million. As a result, approximately $492.3 million was distributed from Gores Holdings X’s trust account to redeem such shares and 6,029,977 shares of Class A common stock remained outstanding and subject to redemption. Following the payment of the redemption price, approximately $63.8 million remained in the Trust Account. In December 2024, the board of Gores Holdings IX determined that Gores Holdings IX will not be able to consummate an initial business combination within the time period set forth in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation Gores Holdings IX and to redeem all of the outstanding public shares on or around December 6, 2024. In December 2024, Gores Holdings IX liquidated and voluntarily delisted its Class A common stock, warrants and units from Nasdaq.

Our management team’s objective is to generate attractive investment returns to create value for our shareholders by applying our strategy of identifying operationally-oriented acquisition opportunities and capitalizing on the ability of our management team to acquire and manage a business that can benefit from our operational expertise. Our management team’s approach is focused on industries or sectors in which we have considerable knowledge and emphasizes downside protection and the preservation of capital by opportunistically pursuing transactions where we believe we have the ability to capture asymmetric risk/reward potential. Our management team has successfully applied this acquisition philosophy over The Gores Group’s history to source attractive private equity acquisition opportunities and to deploy capital in varying macroeconomic environments. Our management team will assess the skills, qualifications and abilities of the management team of each potential business combination target. The level and length of our existing management’s continued active participation in our post-acquisition business will depend on the particular needs of the business acquired. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination.

With respect to the foregoing examples, past performance of The Gores Group and by our management team, including with respect to Gores Holdings I, Gores Holdings II, Gores Holdings III, Gores Holdings IV, Gores Holdings V, Gores Holdings VI, Gores Metropoulos I, Gores Metropoulos II and Gores Guggenheim, is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of The Gores Group’s, or our management’s, or any performance of any prior Gores special purpose acquisition companies as indicative of our future performance. See “Risk Factors— Past performance by Gores, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.” For a list of our executive officers and entities for which a conflict of interest between such officers and the company may or does exist, please refer to “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

137


Table of Contents

Business Strategy

Our acquisition and value creation strategy is to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, to build a company in an industry or sector that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from our operational expertise. Our acquisition selection process will leverage our team’s network of potential transaction sources, ranging from owners and directors of private and public companies, private equity funds, investment bankers, lenders, attorneys, accountants and other trusted advisors across various sectors.

In addition, we intend to utilize the networks and industry experience of Mr. Gores and The Gores Group in seeking an initial business combination. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that we believe will serve as a useful source of acquisition opportunities. This network has been developed through our management team’s combined history of over 80 years of business experience, including in private equity and investment banking. We expect this network will provide our management team with a robust and consistent flow of acquisition opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Upon completion of this offering, members of our management team will communicate with their networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for any business combination target and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potentially interesting leads.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to seek to acquire companies that we believe:

 

   

have a defensible core business, sustainable revenues and established customer relationships;

 

   

are undergoing change in capital structure, strategy, operations or growth;

 

   

can benefit from our operational and strategic approach;

 

   

offer a unique value proposition with transformational potential that can be substantiated during our detailed due diligence process; and

 

   

have reached a transition point in their lifecycle presenting an opportunity for transformation.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust

 

138


Table of Contents

account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our business combination.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review that will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital planning experience.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent entity

 

139


Table of Contents

that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our management team and our independent directors will directly or indirectly own founder shares and/or private placement shares following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Due to his economic interest in our sponsor of approximately 100%, Mr. Gores may be considered to have a material interest in our sponsor. The low price that our sponsor, executive officers and directors (directly or indirectly) paid for the founder shares creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), the founder shares and private placement shares held by our sponsor may lose most of their value, except to the extent that the founder shares or the private placement shares receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, which could create an incentive for our sponsor, executive officers and directors to complete a transaction even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Similarly, additional conflicts of interests may arise and incentives may be created to select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders instead of not consummating a business combination if (i) after the redemption of public shareholders no assets are available outside of the trust account to repay any loans extended to us by our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or our officers and directors and to reimburse our sponsor and others for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination or (ii) not consummating a business combination within the allotted time may require service providers to forfeit their fees. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually identified nor considered a target business, nor have they had any discussions regarding possible target businesses with our underwriter. All of the members of our management team are employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group. The Gores Group is continuously made aware of potential business combination opportunities and we may pursue any business combination target that has already been considered by The Gores Group, any other special purpose acquisition company currently or previously sponsored by Gores, in a different context. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representative of any candidates) with respect to a possible acquisition transaction with us and we will not consider a business combination with any company that has already been identified to The Gores Group as an acquisition candidate for it. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Specifically, all of our officers and certain of our directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to The Gores Group and certain companies it has invested in or managed. Accordingly, if any of our officers

 

140


Table of Contents

or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to search for an initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (including with respect to any business transaction that may involve another Gores entity) for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Accordingly, none of The Gores Group or our directors or officers will have obligations to present a business combination opportunity to us.

However, the personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis.

In addition to the above, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including selecting any business combination target and monitoring the related due diligence. See “Risk Factors—Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing potential conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to identify and pursue initial business combination opportunities or complete our initial business combination.”

Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Further, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) after the closing of this offering, or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and our sponsor’s investment the private placement shares will be worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the

 

141


Table of Contents

founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares following this offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. Similarly, additional conflicts of interests may arise and incentives may be created to select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders instead of not consummating a business combination if (i) after the redemption of public shareholders no assets are available outside of the trust account to repay any loans extended to us by our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or our officers and directors and to reimburse our sponsor and others for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination or (ii) not consummating a business combination within the allotted time may require service providers to forfeit their fees.

In addition, our sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The private placement shares issued upon conversion of any such loans would be identical to the private placement shares sold in a private placement concurrently with this offering. In addition, the low price of $25,000, or $0.004 per share, that the initial shareholders paid for 7,475,000 founder shares creates an incentive whereby the initial shareholders could potentially make a substantial profit even if the company selects an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public investors. Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price.

As more fully discussed in “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of any business combination target that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination target to such entity prior to presenting such business combination target to us.

Our Sponsor

Our sponsor, Gores Sponsor X LLC, is a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company, which was formed to invest in us. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under the Limited Liability Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands and other applicable law, our sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. Alec Gores, our Chairman, is the sole managing member of our sponsor and controls the management of our sponsor, including the exercise of voting and investment discretion over the securities of our company held by our sponsor. As of the date of this prospectus, other

 

142


Table of Contents

than Mr. Gores, no other person has a direct or indirect material interest in our sponsor. Mr. Gores owns all of the membership interests in our sponsor, which represents 100% of the economic interests in our sponsor. Other than our management team, none of the other members of our sponsor will participate in our company’s activities, and there are no other members of our sponsor other than as described above.

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsor and its affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsor or its affiliates:

 

Entity

  

Amount of Compensation

to be Received or Securities

Issued or to be Issued

  

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

Gores Sponsor X LLC    7,475,000 founder shares(1) (of which 975,000 are subject to forfeiture if the underwriter does not exercise its overallotment option and of which an aggregate of 75,000 Class B ordinary shares will be transferred to our independent directors)    $25,000 or approximately $0.004 per founder share
   225,000 private placement shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full)    $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full)($10.00 per share)
   Up to $600,000    Repayment of loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses

Sponsor,

officers or directors, or our or their affiliates

   $20,000 per month    Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $20,000 per month, for up to 24 months (or up to 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support
   Up to $1,500,000 in working capital loans by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors. Such loans may be converted at the option of the lender into private placement shares at a conversion price of $10.00 per share(2)    Working capital loans to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination
   Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.(3)    Payment of fees and reimbursement of out of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

143


Table of Contents

 

(1)

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Further, if we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. As described under “Offering — Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights,” the Class B ordinary shares and Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the nominal price of $0.004 per founder share at which our sponsor purchased the founder shares and/or the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Our sponsor, directors and officers and their affiliates may receive additional compensation and/or may be issued additional securities in connection with an initial business combination, including securities that may result in material dilution to public shareholders. For more information also see below under “Offering — Payments to insiders”.

(2)

The $10.00 per private placement share conversion price for such working capital loans may potentially be significantly less than the market price of our units at the time the lenders elect to convert their working capital loans into private placement shares. Therefore, such private placement share issuances may result in significant dilution to holders of our shares. For more information also see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of, or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination — We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.”

(3)

For more information, also see “Effecting Our Initial Business Combination — Sources of Target Businesses,” “Management — Executive Officer and Director Compensation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.

Because our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur an immediate and material dilution upon the closing of this offering. See the sections titled “Dilution” and “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the founder shares may significantly dilute the implied value of your public shares in the event we consummate an initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.”

Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered into with us, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior written consent of our sponsor. Further, pursuant to such letter agreement, each of our sponsor, our officers and our directors has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the founder shares and private placement shares, as summarized in the table below. For more information on non-contractual resale restrictions, also see “Securities Eligible for Future Sale — Rule 144,” “Securities Eligible for Future Sale — Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies” and “Securities Eligible for Future Sale — Summary of resale restrictions.”

As described under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Sponsor and Our Management Team—You will not be permitted to exercise your warrants unless we register and qualify the

 

144


Table of Contents

underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available,” the holders of our warrants will not be permitted to exercise their warrants unless we register and qualify the underlying Class A ordinary shares or certain exemptions are available. If the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of our public warrants is not registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holders of such warrants will not be entitled to exercise their warrants and the warrants may have no value and expire worthless.

Further, if and when the public warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A ordinary shares for sale under applicable state securities laws and even if an exemption from such registration or qualification is not available. As a result, we may redeem our public warrants even if the public holders are otherwise unable to exercise their public warrants (for more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Sponsor and Our Management Team—We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.”). Our management team may also require holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless” basis, which would reduce the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise of their warrants and thereby reduce the potential equity “upside” of a public holder’s investment in us. For more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Securities —Our management’s ability to require holders of our public warrants to exercise such public warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the public warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their public warrants for cash.”

 

Subject

Securities

  

Expiration Date

  

Persons

Subject to

Restrictions

  

Exceptions to Transfer

Restrictions

Founder Shares    Agreement not to (a) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any security, (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b), until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent    Our sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees.    Transfers are permitted (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members, or any affiliates of our sponsor or any employee of such affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to such person’s immediate family, any estate planning vehicle, or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased; (f) in

 

145


Table of Contents

Subject

Securities

  

Expiration Date

  

Persons

Subject to

Restrictions

  

Exceptions to Transfer

Restrictions

   to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.       the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; (g) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its members pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement; (h) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; (i) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (h); or (j) in the event of our liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (h) and (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.
Private Placement Shares    The private placement shares are not transferable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.    Our sponsor, officers, directors and director nominees.    Same as above.

The letter agreement will also provide that the sponsor and each director and officer agree to vote any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares they may own in favor of a proposed initial business combination if we seek shareholder approval for such business combination and in favor of any proposals recommended by our board of directors in connection with such business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). Further, our sponsor, directors and officers also agree not to redeem any public shares they may hold in connection with such shareholder approval. The letter agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by (i) each director and officer signatory to the letter agreement with respect to herself or himself, as applicable, to the extent

 

146


Table of Contents

she or he are the subject of any such change, amendment, modification or waiver, (ii) us, and (iii) our sponsor. Changes, amendments, modifications or waivers to the transfer restrictions that occur within 180 days after the date of this prospectus will require the written consent of the underwriter of this offering. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities. For more information, also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team—Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval” and “Underwriting.”

In order to facilitate our initial business combination or for any other reason determined by our sponsor, our sponsor may, with our consent, (i) surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our founder shares, private placement shares or any of our other securities held by it, including for no consideration in connection with a PIPE financing or otherwise, (ii) subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, and (iii) enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.

We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow the sponsor to directly, or members of our sponsor to indirectly, transfer founder shares and private placement shares or membership interests in our sponsor in a transaction in which the sponsor or The Gores Group removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that The Gores Group and its affiliates, our sponsor and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsor, which would likely result in our loss of certain key personnel, including Alec Gores, Mark Stone and Andrew McBride. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsor or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

Our Management Team

Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any member of our management team will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

We believe our directors’ and management team’s operating and transaction experience and relationships with companies will provide us with a substantial number of business combination targets. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships around the world. This network has grown through the activities of our management team sourcing, acquiring and financing businesses, our management team’s relationships with sellers, financing sources and target management teams and the experience of our management team in executing transactions under varying economic and financial market conditions. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Management” for a more complete description of our management team’s experience.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the

 

147


Table of Contents

traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their stock in the target business for our shares or for a combination of our shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more certain and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, road show and public reporting efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriter’s ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of any fiscal year for so long as either (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates does not equal or exceed $250.0 million as of the prior June 30th, or (2) our annual revenues did not equal or exceed $100.0 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares

 

148


Table of Contents

held by non-affiliates did not equal or exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination initially in the amount of $252,200,000, after payment of $7,800,000 of deferred underwriting fees (assuming no redemptions) (or $290,030,000 after payment of up to $8,970,000 of deferred underwriter’s fees (assuming no redemptions) if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders), in each case before fees and expenses associated with our initial business combination, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, our share capital, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our business combination or used for redemptions of purchases of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post- transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually identified nor considered a target business, nor have they had any discussions regarding possible target businesses with our underwriter. All of the members of our management team are employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group. The Gores Group is continuously made aware of potential business combination opportunities and we may pursue any business combination target that has already been considered by The Gores Group or any current or former Gores’ special purpose acquisition company in a different context. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representative of any candidates) with respect to a possible acquisition transaction with us and we will not consider a business combination with any company that has already been identified to The Gores Group as an acquisition candidate for it. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

 

149


Table of Contents

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust account. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek shareholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue.

Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In addition, we may pay our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and to reimburse our sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business

 

150


Table of Contents

combination target that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

As more fully discussed in “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our directors or officers becomes aware of any business combination target that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination target to such entity prior to presenting such business combination target to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of any business combination target which is suitable for one of these entities to which he or she has a fiduciary or contractual obligation, he or she will honor such obligation to present such opportunity to such entity rather than to us. Our directors and officers will only have an obligation to present an opportunity to us if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and only to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer the opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our business combination.

To the extent we effect our business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by

 

151


Table of Contents

numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review, which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior written consent of our sponsor.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

 

   

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

 

   

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’ management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

 

152


Table of Contents

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other reasons.

Under Nasdaq’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

 

   

we issue ordinary shares that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding;

 

   

any of our directors, officers or substantial shareholders (as defined by Nasdaq rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of ordinary shares could result in an increase in outstanding ordinary shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

 

   

the issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

In the event we seek shareholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules and regulations. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. They will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.

The purpose of such purchases could be to (i) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an

 

153


Table of Contents

agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against the business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

Additionally, in the event our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or warrants from public shareholders after the announcement of our initial business combination, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:

 

   

our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases;

 

   

if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process;

 

   

our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction;

 

154


Table of Contents
   

our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and

 

   

we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items:

 

   

the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, along with the purchase price;

 

   

the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates;

 

   

the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved;

 

   

the identities of our security holders who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates; and

 

   

the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of permitted withdrawals), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law and the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. The redemption rights will also include the requirement that a beneficial holder must check a box on the proxy card indicating whether he or she is acting in concert or as a group (as defined in Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) with any other shareholder with respect to any public shares. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against, or vote at all in connection with, the proposed transaction. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our

 

155


Table of Contents

discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target company in a manner that requires shareholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a shareholder vote to approve the proposed business combination. We intend to conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless shareholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons.

If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

 

   

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

 

   

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period.

If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

 

   

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

 

   

file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by

 

156


Table of Contents

proxy of a majority of the shares of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial shareholders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and private placement shares, we would we would need 9,637,501 or approximately 37.07% (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) or 1,456,251 or approximately 5.6% (assuming only the minimum number of shares constituting a quorum are voted), of the 26,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any such shareholder meeting. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Shareholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the

 

157


Table of Contents

proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares. There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership.

As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the shareholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

 

158


Table of Contents

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering) from the closing of this offering, or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve of this offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month) period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 24-month (or 27-month) time period.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering. However, if our initial shareholders acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 24-month (or 27-month) time period.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.

 

159


Table of Contents

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $850,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay franchise and income taxes on interest income earned on the trust account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all third parties, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to

 

160


Table of Contents

be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all third parties, service providers (except the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriter of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $850,000 from the proceeds of this offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,150,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,150,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

If we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be

 

161


Table of Contents

able to return $10.00 per share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, or if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above.

Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution requiring the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own 20.00% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides, among other things, that:

 

   

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

 

162


Table of Contents
   

Prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination;

 

   

Although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

 

   

If a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

 

   

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination;

 

   

If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund our permitted withdrawals, divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law; and

 

   

We will not effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

 

163


Table of Contents

Comparison of Redemption or Purchase Prices in Connection with our Initial Business Combination and if We Fail to Complete our Business Combination

The following table compares the redemptions and other permitted purchases of public shares that may take place in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering.

 

   

Redemptions in

Connection with our

Initial Business

Combination

 

Other Permitted

Purchases of

Public Shares

by us or

our Affiliates

 

Redemptions if we fail to

Complete an Initial

Business Combination

Calculation of redemption price

 


Redemptions at the time of our initial business combination may be made pursuant to a tender offer or in connection with a shareholder vote. The redemption price will be the same whether we conduct redemptions pursuant to a tender offer or in connection with a shareholder vote. In either case, our public shareholders may redeem their public shares for cash equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination (which is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share), including interest earned

thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to any

 
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market prior to or following completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit to the prices that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may pay in these transactions.
 
If we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will redeem all public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount, then on deposit in the trust account (which is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share), including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay

 

164


Table of Contents
   

Redemptions in

Connection with our

Initial Business

Combination

 

Other Permitted

Purchases of

Public Shares

by us or

our Affiliates

 

Redemptions if we fail to

Complete an Initial

Business Combination

  limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) agreed to in connection with the negotiation of terms of a proposed business combination.     dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.

Impact to remaining shareholders

 


The redemptions in connection with our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for our remaining shareholders, who will bear the burden of the deferred underwriting commissions and franchise and income taxes payable

 

If the permitted purchases described above are made there would be no impact to our remaining shareholders because the purchase price would not be paid by us.

 

The redemption of our public shares if we fail to complete our business combination will reduce the book value per share for the shares held by our initial shareholders, who will be our only remaining shareholders after such redemptions.

Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares the terms of this offering to the terms of an offering by a blank check company subject to the provisions of Rule 419. This comparison assumes that the gross proceeds, underwriting commissions and underwriting expenses of our offering would be identical to those of an offering undertaken by a company subject to Rule 419, and that the underwriter will not exercise its over-allotment option. None of the provisions of Rule 419 apply to our offering.

 

    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

   The rules of Nasdaq provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares be deposited in a trust account. $260,000,000 of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acting as trustee.   

Approximately $226,755,000 of the offering proceeds would be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having

the beneficial interests in the account.

 

165


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Investment of net proceeds

   $260,000,000 of the net offering proceeds and the sale of the private placement shares held in trust will be held in cash, including in demand deposits at a bank, or invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.    Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Receipt of interest on escrowed funds

  
Interest on proceeds from the trust account to be paid to shareholders is reduced by permitted withdrawals, and in the event of our liquidation for failure to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time, up to $100,000 of net interest that may be released to us should we have no or insufficient working capital to fund the costs and expenses of our dissolution and liquidation.
  
Interest on funds in escrow account would be held for the sole benefit of investors, unless and only after the funds held in escrow were released to us in connection with our completion of a business combination.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

  
Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.
  
The fair value or net assets of a target business must represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

 

166


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Trading of securities issued

   The units are expected to begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus (or, if such date is not a business day, the following business day) unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the over- allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, an additional Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option.    No trading of the units or the underlying Class A ordinary shares and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

Exercise of the warrants

   The warrants cannot be exercised until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, subject to certain conditions.    The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.

Election to remain an investor

  
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on
  
A prospectus containing information pertaining to the business combination required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be

 

167


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

   deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals, subject to the limitations described herein. We may not be required by law to hold a shareholder vote. If we are not required by law and do not otherwise decide to hold a shareholder vote, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, we hold a shareholder vote, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of a majority of the shares of the company entitled to vote at such meeting.    given the opportunity to notify the company in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of a post- effective amendment to the company’s registration statement, to decide if it elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of its investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account are automatically returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all funds on deposit in the escrow account must be returned to all of the investors and none of the securities are issued.

 

168


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Business combination deadline

   If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor) redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.    If an acquisition has not been completed within 18 months after the effective date of the company’s registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account are returned to investors.

 

169


Table of Contents
    

Terms of Our Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Release of funds

   Except with respect to permitted withdrawals and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses, if any, the proceeds from this offering held in the trust account will not be released from the trust account until the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (b) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of 100% of our public shares if we are unable to complete a business combination within the required time frame (subject to the requirements of applicable law).    The proceeds held in the escrow account are not released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds,

 

170


Table of Contents

and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

Our executive offices are located at 6260 Lookout Road, Boulder, Colorado 80301 and our telephone number is (303) 531-3100. Our executive offices are provided to us by an affiliate of our sponsor. Commencing on the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have three officers. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We will register our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with GAAP. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

 

171


Table of Contents

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds

 

172


Table of Contents

$250 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such, and we and the members of our management team have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

 

173


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

Our officers, directors and director nominees are as follows:

 

Name

   Age    

Position

Alec Gores

     71             Chairman

Mark R. Stone

     60             Chief Executive Officer

Andrew McBride

     44             Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Randall Bort

     60             Director Nominee

Nancy Tellem

     72             Director Nominee

Elizabeth Marcellino

     67             Director Nominee

Alec Gores has been our Chairman since July 2023. Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Gores Group, a global investment firm focused on acquiring businesses that can benefit from the firm’s operating expertise. Mr. Gores implemented an operational approach to private equity investing when he founded The Gores Group in 1987 by operating businesses alongside management, or in some cases in lieu of management, to build value in those entities. Since then, Mr. Gores and the firm have invested in over 135 businesses worldwide. Mr. Gores began his career as a self-made entrepreneur and operating executive. In 1978, he self-funded and founded Executive Business Systems (EBS), a developer and distributor of vertical business software systems. Within seven years, EBS had become a leading value-added reseller in Michigan and employed over 200 people. In 1986, CONTEL purchased EBS, and Mr. Gores subsequently began acquiring and operating non-core businesses from major corporations and building value in those entities, a decision that ultimately led to the founding of what has evolved into The Gores Group today. Under his leadership, The Gores Group has continued to acquire businesses in need of operational and financial resources, while creating value and working with management teams to establish an entrepreneurial environment as a foundation for sustainable growth. This philosophy has served the firm well. Mr. Gores served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings I from its inception in June 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra acquisition in October 2018 and as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020. Additionally, Mr. Gores served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Gores Metropoulos from its inception in August 2018 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020 and has served as a director of Luminar since December 2020. In addition, Mr. Gores served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings IV from its inception June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021, as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings V from its inception in June 2020 until the completion of the AMP acquisition in August 2021 and as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings VI from its inception in June 2020 until the completion of the Matterport acquisition in July 2021. Additionally, Mr. Gores served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings VII from its inception in September 2020 until liquidation in December 2022, Gores Holdings VIII from its inception in September 2020 until liquidation in December 2022, Gores Technology I from its inception in December 2020 until liquidation in December 2022 and Gores Technology II from its inception in December 2020 until liquidation in December 2022. Mr. Gores also served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Gores Metropoulos II from its inception July 2020 until the completion of the Sonder acquisition in January 2022, as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Guggenheim from its inception in December 2020 until the completion of the Polestar acquisition in June 2022, and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Gores Holdings IX since its inception in

 

174


Table of Contents

January 2021 until liquidation in December 2024. Mr. Gores holds a degree in Computer Science from Western Michigan University. Mr. Gores’ significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Mark Stone has been our Chief Executive Officer since July 2023. Mr. Stone is a Senior Managing Director of The Gores Group. Mr. Stone is a member of the Investment Committee and a member of the Office of the Chairman of The Gores Group. Mr. Stone has worked at The Gores Group for more than fifteen years. Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings I from its inception in June 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016 and served as a director of Hostess until April 2018. Additionally, Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra Mobility acquisition in October 2018, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings IV from its inception in June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings V from its inception in June 2020 until the completion of the AMP acquisition in August 2021, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings VI from its inception in June 2020 until the completion of the Matterport acquisition in July 2021, as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings VII from its inception in September 2020 until liquidation in December 2022, the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings VIII from its inception in September 2020 until liquidation in December 2022, and as Chief Executive Officer of Gores Guggenheim from its inception in December 2020 until the completion of the Polestar acquisition in June 2022. Mr. Stone served as the Chief Executive Officer of Gores Holdings IX since its inception in January 2021 until liquidation in December 2024. From 2005 until 2013, Mr. Stone primarily focused on worldwide operations of Gores’ portfolio companies and Gores’ operational due diligence efforts. He has been a senior team member with key responsibility in several turnaround, value-oriented investment opportunities, including Stock Building Supply, a supplier of building materials and construction services to professional home builders and contractors in the Unites States; United Road Services, a provider of finished vehicle logistics services; and Sage Automotive Interiors, the largest North American manufacturer of high-performance automotive seat fabrics. Mr. Stone has also been involved with the acquisitions, successful carve-outs and transformations of Lineage Power and VincoTech, manufacturers of telecom conversion products, electronic OEMs, power modules, GPS products and electronic manufacturing services, from TE Connectivity Ltd.; Therakos, a global leader in advanced technologies for extracorporeal photopheresis (ECP), from Johnson & Johnson; and Sagem Communications, a Paris-based manufacturer of set-top boxes, residential terminals, printers and other communications equipment, from the Safran Group. He has served as Executive Chairman and/ or CEO of several portfolio companies including Siemens Enterprise Communications, a leading Munich-based global corporate telephony (PBX) and unified communications (UC) solutions provider, and Enterasys Networks, a global network solutions provider. Prior to joining The Gores Group, Mr. Stone spent nearly a decade as a chief executive transforming businesses across the services, industrial and technology sectors. Mr. Stone spent five years with The Boston Consulting Group as a member of their high technology and industrial goods practices and served in the firm’s Boston, London, Los Angeles and Seoul offices. Mr. Stone earned a B.S. in Finance with Computer Science and Mathematics concentrations from the University of Maine and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Andrew McBride has been our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since July 2023. Mr. McBride has served as Director, Finance and Tax at The Gores Group since February 2010, where he is responsible for tax due diligence and structuring of acquisitions, compliance, planning, financial management and portfolio company reporting. Mr. McBride also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings I from January 2016 until completion

 

175


Table of Contents

of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings II from its inception in August 2016 until completion of the Verra acquisition in October 2018, as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings III from its inception in October 2017 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Metropoulos from its inception in August 2018, until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020, as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gores Holdings IV since its inception in June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021, as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings V since its inception in June 2020 until the completion of the AMP acquisition in August 2021, as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings VI since its inception in June 2020 until the completion of the Matterport acquisition in July 2022 and as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Metropoulos II from its inception in July 2020 until the completion of the Sonder acquisition in January 2022. Additionally, Mr. McBride served as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings VII from its inception in September 2020 until liquidation in December 2022, Gores Holdings VIII from its inception in September 2020 until liquidation in December 2022, Gores Technology I from its inception in December 2020 until liquidation in December 2022 and Gores Technology II from its inception in December 2020 until liquidation in December 2022. Mr. McBride has also served as the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Guggenheim from its inception in December 2020 until the completion of the Polestar acquisition in June 2022 and the Chief Financial Officer of Gores Holdings IX from its inception in January 2021 until liquidation in December 2024. Previously, from January 2008 to January 2010, Mr. McBride worked in the High Net Worth group at Ehrhardt, Keefe, Steiner, and Hottman, P.C. From January 2004 to January 2008, Mr. McBride was with KPMG, LLP, assisting international corporations with tax planning, structuring and compliance issues. Mr. McBride holds a B.S. in Accounting and Finance from the University of Notre Dame and is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Colorado.

Randall Bort has agreed to serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Bort is the Chief Strategy and Capital Markets Officer for Serverfarm Holdings LLC, a global data center developer and operator, and has served in that capacity since September 2023. Mr. Bort is also a Co-Founder of SandTree Holdings, LLC, a private commercial real estate investment firm, and has been a partner at SandTree since November 2012. Previously, Mr. Bort was an investment banker at Drexel Burnham Lambert, BT Securities, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Credit Suisse First Boston, The Mercanti Group and Imperial Capital. Mr. Bort has significant financial, transactional and capital markets experience across multiple industries and has worked both domestically and in Asia. Mr. Bort earned a B.A. in Economics and Mathematics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. in Finance and Entrepreneurial Management from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Bort served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings I from August 2015 until completion of the Hostess acquisition in November 2016, as a member of the board of directors of Verra Mobility Corp. (formerly Gores Holdings II) from January 2017 until June 2019, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings III from September 2018 until the completion of the PAE acquisition in February 2020, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Metropoulos from February 2019 until the completion of the Luminar acquisition in December 2020, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings IV from June 2019 until the completion of the UWM acquisition in January 2021, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings V from June 2020 until the completion of the AMP acquisition in August 2021, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VI from June 2020 until the completion of the Matterport acquisition in July 2021, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Metropoulos II from January 2021 until the completion of the Sonder acquisition in January 2022, and as a member of the board of directors of Gores Guggenheim from March 2021 until the completion of the Polestar acquisition in June 2022. Mr. Bort also served as a member of the board of directors of Gores

 

176


Table of Contents

Holdings VII from February 2021 until December 2022, as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VIII from March 2021 until December 2022, and as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings IX from January 2022 until December 2024. Mr. Bort also is a member of the Board of Trustees of All For Kids (f/k/a Children’s Bureau), a non-profit organization based in Los Angeles focused on foster care and the prevention of child abuse. Mr. Bort’s significant investment and financial expertise make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Nancy Tellem has agreed to serve as a member of our board of directors. Since 2014, Ms. Tellem is the Executive Chairperson of Eko (formerly Interlude), a media company that reimagines storytelling by using proprietary technology to create interactive content that respond and leverage today’s media devices. Eko is in the forefront of e-commerce by using its technology to drive deeper and immersive customer engagements and sales. From 2012 to 2014, Ms. Tellem, as President of Xbox Entertainment Studios, oversaw Microsoft’s TV strategy and created a studio focused on developing and producing interactive programming. Ms. Tellem was President of the CBS Network Television Entertainment Group from 1997 to 2012, where she oversaw both CBS Entertainment Network and CBS Studios. As President, she evaluated business and strategic opportunities: content partnerships, new production models, developing technologies, and emerging media. She also oversaw all programming, development, production, business and legal operations, and the network’s primetime, daytime and late-night lineups. During her tenure at CBS, Ms. Tellem helped revive the network by championing “Survivor”, “CSI” and “Everybody Loves Raymond”, and played an important role in the company’s early efforts to expand its content and distribution across digital and mobile platforms. Before CBS, Ms. Tellem shepherded in such hits as “ER” and “Friends” as Executive Vice President of Business and Financial Affairs for Warner Brothers. In 2006, Ms. Tellem was inducted into the Broadcasting & Cable Hall of Fame for her contributions to the electronic arts. Two years later, Forbes ranked her 32nd on its list “The World’s 100 Most Powerful Women.” Simultaneously, Entertainment Weekly named her the third-smartest person in TV for quickly restoring CBS’s entire primetime lineup after the 100-day writers’ strike. The National Association of Television Program Executives awarded Ms. Tellem a Brandon Tartikoff Legacy Award in recognition of her “extraordinary passion, leadership, independence and vision in the process of creating TV programming.” In 2020, Ms. Tellem founded BasBlue Inc., a nonprofit organization and first ever women’s space in Detroit dedicated to promoting a diverse and inclusive community of women by fostering authentic connections, and leadership and growth opportunities through educational seminars, mentorship programs, and other programming. Ms. Tellem has held and currently holds board and advisory positions at numerous digital and media-related companies, including Eko, Metro-Goldwyn Mayer Studios, Rocket Companies Inc, Nielsen Holdings, TKO Group Holdings, Inc. and Sipur, an Israeli film and TV company, and several nonprofit organizations, including the Cranbrook Academy of Art and Museum, and the Detroit Riverfront Conservancy. Ms. Tellem earned her B.A. from the University of California Berkeley and her J.D. from the University of California, Hastings College of Law. Ms. Tellem’s business strategy, game-changing innovation and technology and insights on culture and branding make her well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Elizabeth Marcellino has agreed to serve as a member of our board of directors. Ms. Marcellino is a writer and journalist reporting on a wide range of policy issues for Los Angeles-based City News Service. She was previously a managing director at Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., where she worked from 1991 to 2004 in investment banking, portfolio management, and private equity. During her time with the firm’s Principal Investment Area, Ms. Marcellino managed operations and human resources in support of a global team investing $10 billion in corporate private equity funds. Prior to that, as a portfolio manager for Goldman Sachs Asset Management, Elizabeth launched and managed the Goldman Sachs Real Estate Securities Fund,

 

177


Table of Contents

a total return fund invested primarily in REITs. As an investment banker, Elizabeth advised primarily real estate clients in a wide range of public and private buy-side and sell-side transactions across all property types, including lodging and gaming. Ms. Marcellino has served as a member of the board of directors of AMP since August 2021. Additionally, Ms. Marcellino served as a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VI from June 2020 until the completion of the Matterport acquisition in July 2021, a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings VII from February 2021 until December 2022, a member of the board of directors of Gores Guggenheim from March 2021 until the completion of the Polestar acquisition in June 2022 and a member of the board of directors of Gores Holdings IX from January 2022 until December 2024. Ms. Marcellino sits on the national board of Jumpstart for Young Children (“Jumpstart”), a nonprofit organization. She earned a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.B.A. in Finance and Real Estate from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Ms. Marcellino’s significant investment and management experience make her well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

We intend to have four directors upon completion of this offering. Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands); provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to our shareholders and approved, holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the private placement shares) and holders of our Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by approval of a majority of our Class B ordinary shares then outstanding. Each of our directors will hold office for a two-year term. We may not hold an annual meeting of shareholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

 

178


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that each of Randall Bort, Nancy Tellem and Elizabeth Marcellino are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. In addition, we may pay our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination. These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any business combination target. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

 

179


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors will have two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors. Randall Bort, Nancy Tellem and Elizabeth Marcellino will serve as members of our audit committee. Randall Bort will serve as the chairman of the audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Randall Bort, Nancy Tellem and Elizabeth Marcellino are independent.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Randall Bort qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

We will adopted an audit committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

 

   

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

 

   

pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

 

   

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

 

   

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

 

   

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

 

   

reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

180


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors. Randall Bort, Nancy Tellem and Elizabeth Marcellino will serve as members of our compensation committee. Elizabeth Marcellino will serve as the chairman of the compensation committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Randall Bort, Nancy Tellem and Elizabeth Marcellino are independent.

We will adopt a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;

 

   

reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

 

   

if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

It is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter will also provide that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

 

181


Table of Contents

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board post business combination should follow the procedures set forth in our memorandum and articles of associations.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Ethics

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We will file a copy of our Code of Ethics and our audit committee charter as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, we will have adopted, we will adopt a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with Nasdaq listing rules as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Conflicts of Interest

The Gores Group manages several investment vehicles. Funds managed by Gores or its affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If these funds decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities. In addition, investment ideas generated within Gores, including by Mr. Gores, may be suitable for both us and for a current or future Gores fund and may be directed to such investment vehicle rather than to us. Neither Gores nor members of our management team who are also employed by certain affiliates of The Gores Group have any obligation to present us with any business combination target of which they become aware, unless presented to such member solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the company. Gores and/or our management, in their capacities as officers or managing directors of Gores or in their other endeavors, may be required to present such business combination target to the related entities described above, current or future Gores investment vehicles, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or

 

182


Table of Contents

director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Specifically, all of our officers and certain of our directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to The Gores Group and certain companies it has invested in or managed. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to search for our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (including with respect to any business transaction that may involve another Gores entity) for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Accordingly, none of The Gores Group or our directors or officers will have obligations to present a business combination opportunity to us.

However, the personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination.

Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. Although we have no formal policy in place for vetting potential conflicts of interest, our board of directors will review any potential conflicts of interest on a case-by-case basis.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

 

   

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

 

   

In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

 

   

Our initial shareholders purchased founder shares prior to the date of this prospectus and our sponsor will purchase private placement shares in a transaction that will close

 

183


Table of Contents
 

simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and our sponsor’s investment the private placement shares will be worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our initial shareholders until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares following this offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, after the closing of this offering. For more information on the letter agreement in which the transfer restrictions are included and for more information on the limited exceptions to such transfer restrictions, also see “Proposed Business—Our Sponsor.”

 

   

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

 

   

Our sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The private placement shares issued upon conversion of any such loans would be identical to the private placement shares sold in a private placement concurrently with this offering.

 

   

The low price of $25,000, or $0.004 per share, that the initial shareholders paid for 6,500,000 founder shares creates an incentive whereby the initial shareholders could potentially make a substantial profit even if the company selects an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public investors. Prior to the

 

184


Table of Contents
 

completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price.

 

   

Our sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us and will not be reimbursed for any loans extended, fees due or out-of-pocket expense if we do not complete an initial business combination.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

 

   

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

 

   

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

 

   

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

 

   

duty to exercise authority for the purpose for which it is conferred and a duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

 

   

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

 

   

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity (including with respect to any business transaction that may involve another Gores

 

185


Table of Contents

entity) for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other. Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our officers, directors and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may present a conflict of interest:

 

Name of Individual

  

Entity Name

  

Entity’s Business

   Affiliation

Alec Gores

   The Gores Group    Investments    Chief Executive
Officer
   Luminar Technologies, Inc.    Investments    Chairman

Mark Stone

   The Gores Group    Investments    Senior Managing
Director

Andrew McBride

   The Gores Group    Investments    Senior Vice
President–Finance–
Tax
      Investments    Chief Financial
Officer and
Secretary

Randall Bort

   Serverfarm Holdings LLC    Data Centers    Chief Strategy and
Capital Markets
Officer
   SandTree Holdings, LLC    Real Estate Investments    Partner
   All for Kids (f/k/a Children’s Bureau)    Non-Profit    Trustee

Elizabeth Marcellino

   Ardagh Metal Packaging S.A    Metal Packaging    Director
   Jumpstart    Non-Profit    Director
   Society of Professional Journalists, Greater Los Angeles Chapter       Treasurer &
Director

Nancy Tellem

   Eko    Media    Executive
Chairperson
   Rocket Companies Inc.    Mortgage Loans    Director
   TKO Group Holdings, Inc.    Sports & Entertainment    Director
   LeagueApps, Inc.    Software    Advisor
   Basblue    Non-Profit    Advisor
   Sipur Studios    Media    Advisor
   Cranbrook Art Academy and Museum    Non-Profit    Director
   Detroit Riverfront Conservancy    Non-Profit    Director

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. Further, commencing on the date of this prospectus pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. In addition, we may pay our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with

 

186


Table of Contents

identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto).

For more information on certain risks and conflicts of interests, please also see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team.”

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgement in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

 

187


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus, and assuming no purchase of units in this offering, by:

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

   

each of our executive officers, directors and director nominees that beneficially owns our ordinary shares; and

 

   

all our executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them.

On June 30, 2023, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised). Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding following the surrender on February 3, 2025 was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 29,900,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20.00% of the outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares). Up to 975,000 of the founder shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. The following table presents the number of shares and percentage of our ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders before and after this offering. After taking into account the issuance of the private placement shares, our sponsor will own an aggregate of 6,650,000 ordinary shares or 20.32% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, or an aggregate of 7,625,000 ordinary shares or 20.28% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full. The post-offering numbers and percentages presented assume that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option, that our sponsor forfeits 975,000 founder shares, and that there are 32,725,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering.

 

188


Table of Contents
     Before Offering     After Offering  

Name and Address of Beneficial

Owner(1)          

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)
     Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)(4)
     Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
 

Gores Sponsor X LLC(3)

     7,400,000        99.0     6,650,000        20.32

Alec Gores(3)

     7,400,000        99.0     6,650,000        20.32

Mark R. Stone

            *              *  

Andrew McBride

            *              *  

Randall Bort

     25,000        *       25,000        *  

Nancy Tellem

     25,000        *       25,000        *  

Elizabeth Marcellino

     25,000        *       25,000        *  

All executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group (six individuals)

     7,475,000        100     6,725,000        20.55

 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Gores Holdings X, Inc., 6260 Lookout Road, Boulder, Colorado 80301.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities.”

(3)

Represents shares held by Gores Sponsor X LLC which is controlled indirectly by Mr. Gores. Mr. Gores may be deemed to beneficially own 7,375,000 Class B Ordinary Shares and ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power of the securities held by Gores Sponsor X LLC. Voting and disposition decisions with respect to such securities are made by Mr. Gores. Mr. Gores disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(4)

Includes 225,000 private placement shares to be purchased by the sponsor simultaneously with this offering, as further described in this prospectus.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own an aggregate of 6,725,000 ordinary shares or 20.55% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, or an aggregate of 7,700,000 ordinary shares or 20.48% or our issued and outstanding ordinary shares assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering) and will have the right to appoint all of our directors prior to our initial business combination by reason of their ownership of founder shares. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to appoint any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the appointment of directors, amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions, including approval of our initial business combination.

The holders of the founder shares and private placement shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto) and (B) not to redeem any founder shares or private placement shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination.

 

189


Table of Contents

Our sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares

The founder shares and private placement shares and any Class A ordinary shares issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in letter agreements with us to be entered into by our sponsor, officers and directors. Those lock-up provisions provide that such securities are not transferable, assignable or salable (i) in the case of the founder shares, until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) in the case of the private placement shares, until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except in each case; (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members, or any affiliates of our sponsor or any employee of such affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to such person’s immediate family, any estate planning vehicle, or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased; (f) in the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; (g) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its members pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement; (h) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; (i) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (h); or (j) in the event of our liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (h) and (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

 

190


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On June 30, 2023, our sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised). The number of founder shares outstanding following the surrender on February 3, 2025 was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 29,900,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20.00% of the outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares). If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. Up to 975,000 of the founder shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. Prior to the completion of this offering, our sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder during the lock up period.

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 (including if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. As such, our sponsor’s interest in this transaction is valued at approximately $2,275,000. The private placement shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder during the lock up period.

As more fully discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then- current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

Commencing on the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $20,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. In addition, we may pay our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigating and completing our initial business combination. These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on payments that may be made to our sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates.

 

191


Table of Contents

Prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $600,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2025, or the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the estimated $2,000,000 of offering proceeds not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The private placement shares issued upon conversion of any such loans would be identical to the private placement shares sold in a private placement concurrently with this offering. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the private placement shares, including the private placement shares issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any), and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the founder shares, which is described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities—Registration Rights.”

Related Party Policy

We have not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company. A form of the code of ethics that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

192


Table of Contents

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter that we will adopt prior to the consummation of this offering, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. A form of the audit committee charter that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. There will be no restrictions on payments made to insiders. We expect that some or all of the following payments will be made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates:

 

   

Repayment of up to an aggregate of $600,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

 

   

Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $20,000 per month, for up to 24 months (or up to 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support;

 

   

Reimbursement of legal fees and expenses incurred by our sponsor, officers or directors in connection with our formation, the initial business combination and their services to us;

 

   

Payment of fees and reimbursement of out of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination; and

 

   

Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement shares, at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The private placement shares issued upon conversion of any such loans would be identical to the private placement shares sold in a private placement concurrently with this offering.

However, no such payments will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.

 

193


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company (company number 401062) and our affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our authorized share capital consists of 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 40,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, and 1,000,000 undesignated preferred shares, $0.0001 par value. The following description summarizes the material terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Each unit has an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one whole Class A ordinary shares and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to the adjustment, terms and limitations as described herein. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A ordinary shares. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least four units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.

We expect that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus (or, if such date is not a business day, the following business day) unless Santander US Capital Markets LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Once the Class A ordinary shares and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and warrants.

In no event will the Class A ordinary shares and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes this audited balance sheet upon the completion of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days after the date of this prospectus. If the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

Ordinary Shares

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there were 7,475,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding, all of which were held of record by our initial shareholders, so that our initial shareholders will own 20.00% of our issued and outstanding shares (excluding the private placement shares and assuming our sponsor, directors or officers do not purchase any shares in this offering) after this offering. Up to 975,500 of the founder shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised. Upon the closing of this offering, 32,725,000 of our ordinary shares will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeiture of 975,000 founder shares by our sponsor), consisting of:

 

   

26,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units being offered in this offering; and

 

194


Table of Contents
   

225,000 Class A ordinary shares issued in a private placement to our sponsor; and

 

   

6,500,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders.

If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares (including the holders of the private placement shares) and holders of Class B ordinary shares of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and will vote together as a single class, except as required by applicable stock exchange rules then in effect; provided, that (i) holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to appoint all of our directors prior to our initial business combination, and each director will need to receive the vote of a majority of the outstanding Class B shares in order to be elected, and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time, and (ii) only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Other than in connection with a business combination, these provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by at least 90% of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. Unless specified in the Companies Act, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are voted is required to approve any matter voted on by our shareholders required to be approved by an ordinary resolution (other than the appointment of directors), and the affirmative vote of a majority of our founder shares is required to approve the appointment of directors prior to our initial business combination. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. Directors are elected for a term of two years. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the founder shares voted for the appointment of directors can elect all of the directors prior to our initial business combination. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Because our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings or appoint directors. In addition, as holders of our Class A ordinary shares, our public shareholders will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to completion

 

195


Table of Contents

of our initial business combination. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of permitted withdrawals), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law and the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriter. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. The redemption rights will also include the requirement that a beneficial holder must check a box on the proxy card indicating whether he or she is acting in concert or as a group (as defined in Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) with any other shareholder with respect to any public shares. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination. Unlike many blank check companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if approved as an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of shareholders holding a majority of ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting (referred to herein as a “shareholder meeting”) of the company. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of a majority of the shares in the company entitled to vote at such meeting. However, the participation of our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our business combination once a quorum is obtained. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any such shareholder meeting. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our

 

196


Table of Contents

amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete the business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our business combination, our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto). As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and private placement shares, we would need 9,637,501 or approximately 37.07% (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) or 1,456,251 or approximately 5.6% (assuming only the minimum number of shares constituting a quorum are voted), of the 26,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction (subject to the limitation described in the preceding paragraph).

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we are unable to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into letter agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering. However, if our initial

 

197


Table of Contents

shareholders acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our business combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares

The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of founder shares and private placement shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders, except that (i) only holders of the founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors prior to our initial business combination; (ii) in a vote to continue the Company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares have ten votes for every founder share and, as a result, holders of our founder shares will be able to approve any such proposal without the vote of any other shareholder; (iii) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (iv) our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (A) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in connection with (1) the completion of our initial business combination and (2) a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (x) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (y) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (B) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame and to liquidating distributions from assets outside of the trust account); (v) the founder shares are automatically convertible into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein; and (vi) the founder shares and private placement shares are entitled to registration rights. If we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote any founder shares, private placement shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination

 

198


Table of Contents

transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto).

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. The Class A ordinary shares received upon conversion of Class B ordinary shares will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to complete an initial business combination. In the case that any amount of additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in this prospectus and related to the closing of the business combination the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20.00% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding (excluding the private placement shares) upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination and any private placement shares issued to our sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans; provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis). Holders of founder shares may also elect to convert their Class B ordinary shares into an equal number of Class A ordinary shares, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

The term “equity-linked securities” refers to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A ordinary shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with our initial business combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt.

With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares are not transferable, assignable or salable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Our sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private placement shares until the date that is 30 days after the date we complete our initial business combination, except, among other limited exceptions as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders—Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors; provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to our shareholders and approved, holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the

 

199


Table of Contents

private placement shares) and holders of our Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by approval of a majority of our Class B ordinary shares then outstanding. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of our founder shares, holders of the private placement shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote, except as required by law.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:

 

   

the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member and the voting rights of shares of each member;

 

   

whether voting rights are attached to the share in issue;

 

   

the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

 

   

the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Preferred Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative,

 

200


Table of Contents

participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred shares outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preferred shares are being issued or registered in this offering.

Warrants

Public Shareholders’ Warrants. Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one whole Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed herein, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement) and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of Class A ordinary shares. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least four units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement on Form S-1, Form S-3, Form F-1 or Form F-3, as applicable, filed with the Commission after the consummation of the initial business combination under the Securities Act with respect to the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current and such Class A ordinary shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of the residence of the holder, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. In the event that the conditions in the immediately preceding sentence is not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire without value to the holder. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the Class A ordinary share underlying such unit.

While we have registered the offer of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act as part of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, this prospectus cannot be used for the purpose of a future decision to exercise the warrants, and we do not plan on keeping a prospectus current until after the closing of the initial business combination in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement. We have agreed that as soon as practicable following the closing of the initial business

 

201


Table of Contents

combination, but in no event later than 20 business days thereafter, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, as applicable, under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares upon exercise of the warrants. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of our initial business combination and thereafter to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the issuance of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of the initial business combination, warrant holders may, during the period beginning on the 61st business day after the closing of the initial business combination and ending upon such registration statement being declared effective by the SEC, and during any other period after the initial effectiveness of the registration statement where we fail to maintain an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption.

Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A ordinary shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. To exercise warrants on a cashless basis, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants in exchange for a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the product of (A) the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants and (B) the difference between the “fair market value” and the exercise price of the warrants by (ii) such fair market value. Solely for the purposes of the preceding sentence, “fair market value” shall mean the 10-day average trading price as of the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.

Redemption of warrants for cash when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00. Once the warrants become exercisable, we may call the warrants for redemption:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption given after warrants become exercisable (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a warrant as described under the heading “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Anti-Dilution Adjustments”) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

We will not redeem the warrants as described above unless such warrants are then exercisable and an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a

 

202


Table of Contents

current prospectus relating to thereto is available throughout the 30 day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

No fractional Class A ordinary shares will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the holder.

Redemption procedures and cashless exercise. If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our shareholders of issuing the maximum number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Class A ordinary shares to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case.

A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the Class A ordinary shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Anti-dilution adjustments. If the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares is increased by a share dividend payable in Class A ordinary shares, or by a split-up of Class A ordinary shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding Class A ordinary shares. A rights offering to holders of Class A ordinary shares entitling holders to purchase Class A ordinary shares at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a share dividend of a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Class A ordinary shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Class A ordinary shares paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, in determining the price payable for Class A ordinary shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Class A ordinary shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Class A

 

203


Table of Contents

ordinary shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A ordinary shares on account of such Class A ordinary shares (or other shares into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares in connection with a proposed initial business combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our Class A ordinary shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity or (e) in connection with the redemption of our public shares upon our failure to complete our initial business combination, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Class A ordinary shares in respect of such event.

If the number of our Class A ordinary shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, share sub-division, share dividends or reclassification of Class A ordinary shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, share sub-division, share dividends, reclassification or similar event, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Class A ordinary shares.

Whenever the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Class A ordinary shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Class A ordinary shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of our Class A ordinary shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A ordinary shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of Class A ordinary shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter

 

204


Table of Contents

market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the warrant. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The warrant agreement will provide that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in this prospectus, or correct any defective provision, or add or change any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders of the warrants, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate prior to the expiration of the exercise period at the office or agency of the warrant agent, with the form of election to purchase set forth on the warrant certificate properly completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by good certified check or good bank draft payable to the warrant agent, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Class A ordinary shares. After the issuance of Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder.

We have agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. See “Risk Factors—Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.” We note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

205


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial conditions subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering. Our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our ordinary shares and warrant agent for our warrants is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. We have agreed to indemnify Computershare Trust Company, N.A. in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (passed by not less than two-thirds) of the shareholders of each company who attend and vote at a general meeting; and (b) such other authorization, if any, as

 

206


Table of Contents

may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, except that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due inquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; and (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due inquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows: (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company,

 

207


Table of Contents

the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures for which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at an annual general meeting, or extraordinary general meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

 

   

we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

 

   

the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

Squeeze-out Provisions. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer relates within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

 

208


Table of Contents

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, or through contractual arrangements of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits. Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court.

Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

 

   

a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

   

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Exclusive forum for certain lawsuits. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in the Company, including but not limited to (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any current or former director, officer, shareholder or other employee of the Company to the Company or the shareholders of the Company, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have, each shareholder of the Company acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly the Company shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of

 

209


Table of Contents

injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities. The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

 

   

an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

   

an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

 

   

an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

   

an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;

 

   

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

   

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

   

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

 

   

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances,

 

210


Table of Contents

such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution requiring the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. Our initial shareholders, who will collectively beneficially own 20.00% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (excluding the issuance of the private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides, among other things, that:

 

   

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

 

   

Prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination;

 

   

Although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions or an independent accounting firm that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

 

   

If a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

 

211


Table of Contents
   

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination;

 

   

If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect (i) the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months if we have executed a definitive agreement for an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering), or such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, from the closing of this offering or (ii) any other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of permitted withdrawals), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law; and

 

   

We will not effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

The Companies Act permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.

Anti-Money Laundering—Cayman Islands

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

 

212


Table of Contents

Data Protection-Cayman Islands

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Data Protection Act”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the Data Protection Act (“personal data”). In the following discussion, the “company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the Data Protection Act, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the Data Protection Act, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the Data Protection Act or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

a) where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

 

213


Table of Contents

b) where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

c) where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipates disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Data Protection Act.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our authorized but unissued ordinary shares and preferred shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares and preferred shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Securities Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after the consummation of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option) we will have 32,725,000 (or 37,600,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) ordinary shares outstanding. The 26,000,000 shares

 

214


Table of Contents

(or 29,900,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the 6,500,000 (or 7,475,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) Class B ordinary shares and all 225,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering, and the Class B ordinary shares and private placement shares are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus. These restricted securities will be subject to registration rights as more fully described below under “—Registration Rights.”

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our ordinary shares or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our ordinary shares or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal 327,250 shares immediately after this offering (or 376,000 if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full); or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

 

   

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

   

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

   

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and materials required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

 

215


Table of Contents
   

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their founder shares and private placement shares, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

Summary of resale restrictions

The below table summarizes the material terms of the restrictions described in the subsections above and whether and when our sponsor may sell securities purchased in connection with or concurrently with this offering.

As described further above, pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell founder shares, private placement shares and public units (if any are purchased in connection with the offering), as summarized in the table below. For more information on non-contractual resale restrictions, also see above “—Rule 144” and “—Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies.”

 

SUBJECT

SECURITIES

   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS   

NATURAL

PERSONS AND

ENTITIES

SUBJECT

TO TRANSFER

RESTRICTIONS

   EXCEPTIONS TO TRANSFER
RESTRICTIONS
Founder Shares (1)(2)    Agreement not to (a) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any security, (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b), until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial    Our sponsor, directors and officers    Transfers are permitted to (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members, or any affiliates of our sponsor or any employee of such affiliates; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to such person’s immediate family, any estate planning vehicle, or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the

 

216


Table of Contents

SUBJECT

SECURITIES

   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS   

NATURAL

PERSONS AND

ENTITIES

SUBJECT

TO TRANSFER

RESTRICTIONS

   EXCEPTIONS TO TRANSFER
RESTRICTIONS
   business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Further, no transfer of any Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, ordinary shares until 180 days after the date of this prospectus.       shares were originally purchased; (f) in the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; (g) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its members pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement; (h) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; (i) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (h); or (j) in the event of our liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (h) and (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.
Private Placement Shares (1)(2)    No transfer until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.    Our sponsor, directors and officers    Same as above.
Public Units and underlying securities (if any are purchased in connection with the offering)(2)    No transfer of any Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, ordinary shares until 180 days after the date of this prospectus.    Our sponsor, directors and officers    Same as above.

 

217


Table of Contents
(1)

For more information on the number securities beneficially held by our sponsor, please see the section entitled “Principal Shareholders” in this prospectus.

(2)

The founder shares and private placement shares issued in connection or simultaneously with this offering are restricted securities and subject to the limitations on transfer described above under “—Rule 144” and “—Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies.” Further, our sponsor, its permitted transferees or any other person that becomes an affiliate of the post-business combination company for purposes of Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be subject to additional resale restrictions with respect to securities they hold, as described above.

The letter agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by (i) each director and officer signatory to the letter agreement with respect to herself or himself, as applicable, to the extent she or he are the subject of any such change, amendment, modification or waiver, (ii) us, and (iii) our sponsor. Changes, amendments, modifications or waivers to the transfer restrictions that occur within 180 days after the date of this prospectus will require the written consent of the underwriter of this offering. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities. For more information, also see “Principal Shareholders—Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares.”

Registration Rights

The holders of the (i) founder shares, which were issued in a private placement prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) private placement shares, which will be issued in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering and (iii) private placement shares that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering, requiring us to register such securities for resale (in the case of the founder shares, only after conversion to our Class A ordinary shares). The holders of the majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Listing of Securities

We will apply to list our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants on Nasdaq under the symbols “GTENU,” “GTEN” and “GTENW,” respectively. We expect that our units will be listed on Nasdaq promptly after the effective date of the registration statement. Following the date our Class A ordinary shares and warrants are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate that our Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed separately and as a unit on Nasdaq.

 

218


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary of certain Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant, which we refer to collectively as our securities, is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares and warrants, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Prospective investors should consult their advisors on the possible tax consequences of investing in our securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the securities of the Company. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporate tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of the warrants. An instrument of transfer in respect of a warrant is stampable if executed in or brought into the Cayman Islands.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our Class A ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares.

The Company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, has applied for and received an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands in the following form:

The Tax Concessions Act

(As Revised)

Undertaking as to Tax Concessions

In accordance with the provision of Section 6 of The Tax Concessions Act (As Revised), the Financial Secretary undertakes with Gores Holdings X, Inc. (the “Company”):

1. That no law which is hereafter enacted in the Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

2. In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

2.1 On or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

 

219


Table of Contents

2.2 by way of the withholding in whole or part, of any relevant payment as defined in Section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised).

These concessions shall be for a period of 20 years from the date hereof.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

General

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our units (each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one warrant) that are purchases in this offering by U.S. Holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying Class A ordinary share and warrant components of the unit. As a result, the discussion below with respect to actual holders of Class A ordinary shares and warrants should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and warrants that comprise the units).

This discussion is limited to certain U.S. federal income tax considerations to beneficial owners of our securities who are initial purchasers of a unit pursuant to this offering and hold the unit and each component of the unit as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion assumes that the Class A ordinary shares and warrants will trade separately and that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our Class A ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be paid in U.S. dollars.

This discussion is based on the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations (“Treasury Regulations”) as of the date hereof, and such provisions may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis, which may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those described herein. We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, a ruling from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described herein, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein. This discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as gift and estate taxes).

This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to our founders, sponsors, officers or directors, or to holders of our founder shares or private placement shares. This discussion is a summary only and does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of a unit by a prospective investor in light of its particular circumstances, including but not limited to, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on net investment income and the different consequences that may apply to investors that are subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax laws, including but not limited to:

 

   

banks, financial institutions or financial services entities;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

220


Table of Contents
   

S Corporations;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

taxpayers subject to a mark-to-market method of accounting rules with respect to the securities;

 

   

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

 

   

expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding the securities as part of a “straddle,” hedge, integrated transaction or similar transaction;

 

   

persons who acquired the securities through the exercise or cancellation of employee share options or otherwise as compensation for their services;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies (PFICs);

 

   

U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

partnerships (or entities or arrangements classified as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and any beneficial owners of such partnerships;

 

   

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

 

   

persons that directly, indirectly or constructively own five percent or more (by vote or value) of our shares; and

 

   

tax-exempt entities (including private foundations).

If you are a partnership or other pass-through entity (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or pass-through entity) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of your partners or other beneficial owners will generally depend on the status of the partners (or other beneficial owners) and your activities. If you are a partner (or other beneficial owner) of a partnership or other pass-through entity that acquires our securities, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our securities.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL NON-INCOME, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-UNITED STATES TAX LAWS.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit or instruments similar to a unit for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, therefore, that

 

221


Table of Contents

treatment is not entirely clear. The acquisition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the acquisition of one Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant to acquire one of our Class A ordinary shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the one Class A ordinary share and the one-fourth of one redeemable warrant based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, each investor must make his or her own determination of such value based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Therefore, we urge each investor to consult his or her tax advisor regarding the determination of value for these purposes. The price allocated to each Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant should be the shareholder’s tax basis in such share or one-fourth of one redeemable warrant, as the case may be. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant based on their respective relative fair market values (as determined by each such unit holder on all the relevant facts and circumstances) at the time of disposition. The separation of the Class A ordinary share and the one-fourth of one redeemable warrant comprising a unit should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The foregoing treatment of the Class A ordinary shares and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit). The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.” A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under the Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person (as defined in the Code).

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any

 

222


Table of Contents

cash distribution or other property (other than certain distributions of our shares or rights to acquire our shares) paid on our Class A ordinary shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such amount will be includible in gross income by you on the date that you actually or constructively receive the distribution in accordance with your regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations.

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A ordinary shares.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. holders, under tax laws currently in effect, and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants” below) only if (i) our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (ii) we are not a PFIC in the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or in the previous year, and (iii) certain other requirements, including holding period requirements, are met. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period of the Class A ordinary shares for this purpose. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants which, in general, would include a redemption of Class A ordinary shares or warrants as described below, and including as a result of a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time period, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares or warrants.

Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or warrants so disposed of exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether the redemption rights with respect to the Class A ordinary shares described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. holders will be eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. If the running of the holding period for the Class A ordinary shares is suspended, however, then non-corporate U.S. holders may not be able to satisfy the one-year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates.

Generally, the amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. holder is an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property

 

223


Table of Contents

received in such disposition (or, if the Class A ordinary shares or warrants are held as part of units at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the Class A ordinary shares or warrants based upon the then relative fair market values of the Class A ordinary shares and the warrants included in the units, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”,) and (ii) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or warrants so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or warrants generally will equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost (that is, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to a Class A ordinary share or warrant, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”, or, as discussed below, the U.S. holder’s initial basis for Class A ordinary shares received upon exercise of warrants) less, in the case of a Class A ordinary share, any prior distributions treated as a return of capital.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, in the event that a U.S. holder’s Class A ordinary shares are redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this prospectus under “Description of Securities—Ordinary Shares” or if we purchase a U.S. holder’s Class A ordinary shares in an open market transaction (in either case referred to herein as a “redemption”), the treatment of the redemption for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. holder will be treated as described under “U.S. holders—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants” above. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “U.S. holders—Taxation of Distributions.” Whether a redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our shares treated as held by the U.S. holder (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of owning warrants) relative to all of our shares outstanding both before and after the redemption. The redemption of Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. holder’s interest in us, or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. holder takes into account not only shares actually owned by the U.S. holder, but also our shares that are constructively owned by the U.S. holder. A U.S. holder may constructively own, in addition to shares owned directly, shares owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. holder, as well as any shares the U.S. holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include Class A ordinary shares which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately following the redemption of Class A ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately before the redemption. Prior to our initial business combination, the Class A ordinary shares may not be treated as voting shares for this purpose and, consequently, this substantially disproportionate test may not be applicable. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. holder’s interest if either (i) all of our shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our shares actually owned by the U.S. holder are

 

224


Table of Contents

redeemed and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by certain family members and the U.S. holder does not constructively own any other shares of ours (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of owning our warrants). The redemption of the Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. holder’s conversion results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “U.S. holders—Taxation of Distributions” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. holder in the redeemed Class A ordinary shares will be added to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining shares, or, if it has none, to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants or possibly in other shares constructively owned by it.

Exercise, Redemption or Lapse of a Warrant

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below and except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of an ordinary share on the exercise of a warrant for cash. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in a Class A ordinary share received upon exercise of the warrant generally will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrant (i.e., the portion of the U.S. holder’s purchase price for a unit that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) and the exercise price. The U.S. holder’s holding period for a Class A ordinary share received upon exercise of the warrant will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrants and will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrants. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. holder’s basis in the Class A ordinary shares received generally would equal the holder’s basis in the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a realization event, a U.S. holder’s holding period in the Class A ordinary shares would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A ordinary shares would include the holding period of the warrant. It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event a portion of the warrants exercised on a cashless basis could, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be deemed as having been surrendered in consideration for the exercise price of the remaining warrants. For these purposes, a U.S. holder could be deemed to have surrendered warrants equal to the number of Class A ordinary shares having a value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be deemed exercised. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal

 

225


Table of Contents

to the difference between the exercise price for the total number of warrants deemed exercised and the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares received would equal the sum of the exercise price of the warrants deemed exercised and the U.S. holder’s initial tax basis in the warrants deemed exercised. A U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares would commence on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant.

Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. holder’s holding period would commence with respect to the Class A ordinary shares received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if we redeem warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants—Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00” or if we purchase warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase generally will be treated as a taxable disposition to the U.S. holder, taxed as described above under “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.”

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of the warrants provide for an adjustment to the number of Class A ordinary shares for which the warrants may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrants in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Shareholders’ Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. The U.S. holders of the warrants would, however, be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrant holders’ proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of Class A ordinary shares that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease in the exercise price of the warrants) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of our Class A ordinary shares which is taxable to the U.S. holders of such Class A ordinary shares as described under “—Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. holders of the warrants received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest and generally would increase the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants to the extent that such distribution is treated as a dividend.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of assets giving rise to passive income.

 

226


Table of Contents

Because we are a foreign blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for periods prior to the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination. Pursuant to a start-up exception, however, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income (the “start-up year”), if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation establishes to the satisfaction of the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us is uncertain and will not be known until after the close of our current taxable year and, perhaps, until after the end of our two taxable years following our start-up year. It is expected that the net proceeds from this offering will be held in an interest bearing trust account until the closing of the business combination, located in the United States with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. acting as trustee. If so, we intend to take the position that, although subject to uncertainty, the start-up year under the start-up exception will be 2025, and, accordingly, we would not be treated as a PFIC for 2025 assuming we qualify for the start-up exception. Although subject to uncertainty, it is possible that we could be treated as a PFIC for a taxable year prior to our start-up year (within the meaning of the start-up exception). After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of the start-up exception to our current taxable year, perhaps until after the end of our two taxable years following our start-up year). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

It is not entirely clear how various aspects of the PFIC rules apply to the warrants. Section 1298(a)(4) of the Code provides that, to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, any person who has an option to acquire stock in a PFIC shall be considered to own such stock in the PFIC for purposes of the PFIC rules. No final Treasury Regulations are currently in effect under Section 1298(a)(4) of the Code. However, proposed Treasury Regulations under Section 1298(a)(4) of the Code have been promulgated that, if finalized in their current form, would have a retroactive effective date (the “Proposed PFIC Option Regulations”). Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the possible application of the Proposed PFIC Option Regulations to an investment in the warrants. The following discussion assumes that the Proposed PFIC Option Regulations will apply to the warrants.

Although our PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that we are a PFIC generally will apply for subsequent years to a U.S. holder who held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares or warrants while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. holder of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, a QEF election along with a purging election, or a mark-to-market election, each as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to: (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of its Class A ordinary shares or warrants; and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. holder during a taxable year of the U.S. holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. holder in respect of the Class A ordinary shares during the

 

227


Table of Contents

three preceding taxable years of such U.S. holder or, if shorter, such U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares, altogether, the “excess distribution rules”).

Under these excess distribution rules:

 

   

the U.S. holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or warrants;

 

   

the amount allocated to the U.S. holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. holder recognized gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

   

the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. holder without regard to the U.S. Holder’s other items of income for that year; and

 

   

the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. holder will avoid the excess distribution rules described above in respect to our Class A ordinary shares (but, under current law, not the warrants) by making a timely and valid QEF election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge. A U.S. holder may not make a QEF election with respect to its warrants to acquire our Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if a U.S. holder sells or otherwise disposes of such warrants (other than upon exercise of such warrants), any gain recognized generally will be subject to the excess distribution rules described above if we were a PFIC at any time during the period the U.S. holder held the warrants. If a U.S. holder that exercises such warrants properly makes a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares, but the excess distribution rules relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. holder held the warrants), unless the U.S. holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. One type of purging election creates a deemed sale of such shares at their fair market value. The gain recognized by such purging election will be subject to the excess distribution rules as described above. As a result of such purging election, the U.S. holder will have a new basis and holding period in the Class A ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants for purposes of the PFIC rules. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the application of the rules governing purging elections to their particular circumstances (including the applicability of the PFIC rules if we are a controlled foreign corporation).

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which

 

228


Table of Contents

the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. holder to make and maintain a QEF election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. There is also no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, and the excess distribution rules discussed above do not apply to such shares (because of a valid and timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, U.S. holders of a QEF are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. holders. The tax basis of a U.S. holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF. In addition, if we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, such U.S. holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to our Class A ordinary shares for such a taxable year.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. holder who held Class A ordinary shares or warrants while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. A U.S. holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any taxable year of us that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the U.S. holder makes a purging election, as described above, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, the U.S. holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. holder in which the U.S. holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its Class A ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. holder will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in

 

229


Table of Contents

such Class A ordinary shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. The U.S. holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to warrants.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq (on which we intend to list the Class A ordinary shares), or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the Class A ordinary shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. Upon written request, we will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. holder may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. holders of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our Class A ordinary shares and warrants under their particular circumstances.

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return of a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income

 

230


Table of Contents

taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Furthermore, certain U.S. holders who are individuals and, to the extent provided in future Treasury Regulations, certain entities, will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938, subject to certain exceptions. Specified foreign financial assets generally include any financial account maintained with a non-U.S. financial institution and should also include our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants if they are not held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes may be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Potential investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisers regarding the foreign financial asset reporting obligations and their application to an investment in our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants. Each U.S. holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

Additional Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates and trusts are required to pay a 3.8 percent tax on “net investment income” (or in the case of an estate or trust, “undistributed net investment income”), which generally includes, among other things, interest on, and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of, the securities, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the applicability of this additional tax to your ownership and disposition of the securities.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. holder.” A Non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants (other than a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates;

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder;

but generally does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition of our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants. If you are such an individual, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. holder and gains attributable to a Non-U.S. holder from a sale or disposition, paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. holder in respect to our Class A ordinary shares or warrants generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends or gains are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States if an applicable treaty so requires).

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. holder and gains attributable to a Non-U.S. holder from a sale or disposition, paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. holder in respect to our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, that are effectively

 

231


Table of Contents

connected with the Non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States if an applicable treaty so requires) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a Non-U.S. holder’s exercise of a warrant, or the redemption or lapse of a warrant held by a Non-U.S. holder, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise, redemption or lapse of a warrant by a U.S. holder, as described under “U.S. holders—Exercise, Redemption or Lapse of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described in the preceding paragraphs above for a Non-U.S. holders gain on the sale or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status. A Non-U.S. holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder (commonly referred as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) generally impose withholding at a rate of 30% in certain circumstances on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, securities (including our Class A ordinary shares or warrants) which are held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless any such institution (i) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (ii) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements.

Accordingly, the entity through which our Class A ordinary shares or warrants are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect

 

232


Table of Contents

of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to the applicable withholding agent that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners”, which will in turn be provided to the Treasury Department. All holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our shares or warrants.

 

233


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Santander US Capital Markets LLC is acting as the sole book-running manager of the offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, the number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Units
 

Santander US Capital Markets LLC

  

Total

     26,000,000  

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter to purchase the units included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriter is obligated to purchase all of the units (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if it purchases any of the units.

Units sold by the underwriter to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any units sold by the underwriter to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $    per unit. After the initial public offering, if all of the units are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriter may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The underwriter reserves the right to reject, cancel or modify any order in whole or in part. The underwriter has advised us that it does not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

If the underwriter sells more units than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriter an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 3,900,000 additional units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriter may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. Any units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other units that are the subject of this offering.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered into with us, not to transfer, assign or sell (i) any of their founder shares until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) any of the private placement shares until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders—Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares or private placement shares.

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have agreed that, for a period until 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any units, warrants, ordinary shares or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, we may (i) issue and sell the private placement shares, (ii) issue and sell additional units pursuant to the option granted to the underwriter described above, (iii) register with the SEC the resale of

 

234


Table of Contents

the securities covered by the registration rights agreement described herein and (iv) issue securities in connection with a business combination. Santander US Capital Markets LLC in its sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice, other than in the case of our sponsor, officers and directors, which shall be with notice.

The letter agreement contains a provision that also subjects our sponsor, officers and directors to the restrictions of the underwriting agreement that are described in the foregoing paragraph. Pursuant to such provision in the letter agreement, the sponsor and our officers and directors agree, subject to the same exceptions that are described in the foregoing paragraph and to certain limited exceptions as described in the letter agreement (for more information on such limited exceptions, also see “Securities Eligible for Future Sale—Summary of resale restrictions.”), that for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any units, warrants, ordinary shares or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, ordinary shares. The written consent of Santander US Capital Markets LLC, us, the sponsor and each of the directors and officers with respect to herself or himself, will be required with a change, amendment, modification or waiver to the provision of the letter agreement described in the foregoing. For more information on the letter agreement and a summary of the transfer restrictions included therein and the exceptions to the transfer restrictions described above, also see “Proposed Business—Our Sponsor” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Sponsor and Management Team—Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.”

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, Class A ordinary shares or warrants will develop and continue after this offering.

We will apply to list our units on Nasdaq under the symbol “GTENU.” We expect that our Class A ordinary shares and warrants will be listed under the symbols “GTEN” and “GTENW,” respectively, once the Class A ordinary shares and warrants begin separate trading.

 

235


Table of Contents

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriter in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option. $0.30 per unit, or $7,800,000 (assuming no redemptions) (or $8,970,000 (assuming no redemptions) if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amounts shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders), of deferred underwriting commissions will be paid to the underwriter upon the completion of our initial business combination.

 

     Payable by Gores
Holdings X, Inc.
 
     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Unit(1)

   $ 0.3096      $ 0.3084  

Total(1)

   $ 8,050,000      $ 9,220,000  

 

(1)

Includes $0.0096 per unit on all units sold other than units sold per the underwriter’s over-allotment option ($250,000 in the aggregate) that shall be paid upon the closing of this offering. There will be no incremental upfront underwriting discounts and commissions if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised. Also, includes $0.30 per unit on all units sold (up to $7,800,000 in the aggregate or up to $8,970,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, which amount shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by our public shareholders) for deferred underwriting commissions to be deposited into a trust account located in the United States and released to Santander US Capital Markets LLC for its own account only upon the completion of an initial business combination. Such deferred commissions will be subject to pro rata reduction based on the extent of redemptions that reduce the amount of the trust account at the time of our consummation of our initial business combination. The deferred commissions may be allocated to members of FINRA who have assisted in the consummation of our initial business combination, at our discretion.

If we do not complete our initial business combination and subsequently liquidate the trust account and the trustee and the underwriter has agreed that (i) it will forfeit any rights or claims to its deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account upon liquidation, and (ii) that the deferred underwriter’s discounts and commissions will be distributed on a pro rata basis, including interest earned thereon and not previously released to us for permitted withdrawals (less up to $100,000 of interest income to pay liquidation expenses).

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, we have also engaged Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under an engagement letter, we will pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC a fee equal to 3.00% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering, payable upon closing of our initial business combination. We have agreed to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

In connection with the offering, the underwriter may purchase and sell units in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option and stabilizing purchases, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriter of a greater number of units than it is required to purchase in the offering.

 

   

“Covered” short sales are sales of units in an amount up to the number of units represented by the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

 

   

“Naked” short sales are sales of units in an amount in excess of the number of units represented by the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

 

236


Table of Contents
   

Covering transactions involve purchases of units either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

 

   

To close a naked short position, the underwriter must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

To close a covered short position, the underwriter must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of units to close the covered short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase units through the over-allotment option.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriter for its own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. It may also cause the price of the units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriter may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriter commences any of these transactions, the underwriter may discontinue them at any time.

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering payable by us will be $1,500,000, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for all expenses and fees related to the review by FINRA, which will not exceed $25,000.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Other than the advisory services described above, we have not entered into any understanding or arrangement to engage, and are under no contractual obligation to engage, the underwriter to provide any services for us after this offering, but we may do so at our discretion. We do not have any expectation, understanding or agreement with any underwriter for such underwriter to provide any additional services to us after the consummation of this offering relating to our initial business combination, the financing thereof or other related transactions. Any underwriter’s provision of any such additional services in connection with our initial business combination will require our separate engagement of such underwriter in connection with our initial business combination and the entry into a related written engagement agreement between such underwriter and us setting forth the terms and conditions of the additional services to be provided by such underwriter to us. The underwriting agreement provides that following the completion of this offering, the obligations of the underwriter with respect to this offering will be deemed satisfied and the underwriter is not bound by any commitment or obligation to offer or sell to the public any securities of the company or any business combination transaction counterparty or otherwise solicit holders of securities of the company or any business combination transaction counterparty to approve the business

 

237


Table of Contents

transaction. Subject to the foregoing, however, the firms acting as underwriter for this offering (or its affiliates) may introduce us to potential target businesses, provide financial advisory services to us in connection with a business combination or assist us in raising additional capital in the future, including by acting as a placement agent in a private offering or underwriting or arranging debt financing. We may also pay the firms acting as underwriter for this offering (or its affiliates) a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of the business combination contemplated in this prospectus. Any compensation paid to the firms acting as underwriter for this offering (or its affiliates) for services provided to us after this offering will be fair and reasonable and determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation. Any such compensation that is paid to, or any arrangement with respect to the payment of such compensation that is entered into with, such firms (or its affiliates) within 60 days from the date of this prospectus, may be considered by FINRA to be compensation with respect to this offering unless otherwise excluded from such characterization under applicable FINRA rules. Because the underwriter for this offering is entitled to the deferred portion of their underwriting compensation only if an initial business combination is completed within the specified timeframe, and any additional compensation to such firms (or its affiliates) for the other services described above may also be conditioned on closing of a business combination transaction, these firms (and its affiliates) may have a potential conflict of interest in connection with the provision of such services.

The underwriter and its affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates, including in connection with acting in an advising capacity or as a potential financing source in conjunction with our potential acquisition of a company. The underwriter and its affiliates have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriter and its affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no offer of units may be made to the public in that Member State other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter; or

 

   

Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any units or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the underwriter and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any units being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have

 

238


Table of Contents

represented, acknowledged and agreed that the units acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any units to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriter has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of units to the public” in relation to any units in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase units, the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

The underwriter represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

   

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

   

it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the units in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the units to the public in France.

 

   

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

239


Table of Contents

The units may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The units may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the units may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities

 

240


Table of Contents
 

or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law.

Solely for the purposes of our obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the units are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on the Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Cayman Islands

No offer or invitation, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The units may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the units must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

241


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York, has passed upon the validity of the securities offered hereby on behalf of us with respect to units and warrants. Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP has passed upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares and matters of Cayman Islands law. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriter by Ropes & Gray LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Gores Holdings X, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the period from June 26, 2023 (inception) through December 31, 2023, have been included herein, in reliance upon the report of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

242


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We do not have a website, and therefore do not make our public filings available on such a website. Upon request, we will provide electronic copies of our public filings free of charge.

 

243


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholder and the Board of Directors of

Gores Holdings X, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Gores Holdings X, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2024 and for the period from June 26, 2023 (inception) through December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2024 and for the period from June 26, 2023 (inception) through December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

New York, New York

April 11, 2025

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31, 2024     December 31, 2023  

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash

   $ 2,774     $ 2,774  

Deferred offering costs associated with proposed public offering

     1,181,858       921,260  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total assets    $ 1,184,632     $ 924,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

   $ 1,051,731     $ 844,034  

Note payable — related party

     172,901       120,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total current liabilities      1,224,632       964,034  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Class A ordinary shares, subject to redemption

    

Shareholder’s deficit:

    
Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding             
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding             
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 7,475,000 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2)      748       748  
Additional paid-in capital      24,252       24,252  
Accumulated deficit      (65,000     (65,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total shareholder’s deficit      (40,000     (40,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit    $ 1,184,632     $ 924,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This number includes an aggregate of up to 975,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter.

(2)

On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share capitalization.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2024
     June 26, 2023
(inception) to
December 31, 2023
 

Professional fees and other expenses

   $      $ (65,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

   $      $ (65,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding, basic & diluted(1)(2)

     6,500,000        6,500,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share

   $      $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

This number excludes an aggregate of up to 975,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter.

(2)

On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share capitalization.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2024  
     Class B ordinary  shares(1)(2)      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Shareholder’s
Deficit
 
      Shares        Amount   

Balance at January 1, 2024

     7,475,000      $ 748      $ 24,252      $ (65,000   $ (40,000

Net income

    

 
    

 
    

 
    

 
   

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

     7,475,000      $ 748      $ 24,252      $ (65,000   $ (40,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
    

 

For the Period of June 26, 2023 (inception) to December 31, 2023

 
     Class B ordinary shares      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Shareholder’s
Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance at June 26, 2023 (inception)

          $      $      $     $  

Sale of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor in June 2023 at $.0001 par value

     7,475,000        748        24,252              25,000  

Net loss

                          (65,000    
(65,000

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     7,475,000      $ 748      $ 24,252      $ (65,000   $ (40,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This number includes an aggregate of up to 975,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriter.

(2)

On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share capitalization.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2024
    June 26, 2023
(inception) to
December 31, 2023
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net income/(loss)

  $     $ (65,000

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Change in deferred offering costs

      (83,420

Changes in accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

    (52,901     6,194  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by operating activities

    (52,901     (142,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

Proceeds from sale of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

          25,000  

Proceeds from notes payable — related party

    52,901       120,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    52,901       145,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

          2,774  

Cash at beginning of period

    2,774        
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

  $ 2,774     $ 2,774  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities

   

Deferred offering costs included in accrued expenses, formation and offering costs

  $ 260,598     $ 837,840  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations

Gores Holdings X, Inc. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on June 26, 2023. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (“Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of completing a Business Combination, the Company intends to capitalize on the ability of its management team to identify and combine with a business or businesses that can benefit from its management team’s established global relationships and operating experience. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from June 26, 2023 (inception) through December 31, 2024 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (“Proposed Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a Proposed Offering of 26,000,000 units (the “Units” consist of one Class A ordinary share or “Public Shares” and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant or “Warrant”) at $10.00 per unit (or 29,900,000 units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), which is discussed in Note 3, and the sale of 225,000 shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share in a private placement to Gores Sponsor X LLC (the “Sponsor”), that will close simultaneously with the Proposed Offering.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward completing a Business Combination. The Company must complete one or more Business Combinations with having an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes paid or payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Offering, management has agreed that $10.00 per unit sold in the Proposed Offering, including proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Shares, will be held

 

F-7


Table of Contents

in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended Business Combination and, may at any time be held as cash or cash items, including in demand deposit accounts at a bank, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company will provide its public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of the Company’s initial business combination, subject to the limitations described in the prospectus, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund working capital requirements, subject to the limitations described in the prospectus, and/or to pay the Company’s taxes (which shall exclude the 1% U.S. federal excise tax that was implemented by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 if any is imposed on the Company, divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public Class A ordinary shares, subject to applicable law. As further described in the prospectus, the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering.

If the Company seeks shareholder approval, the Company will complete a Business Combination only if it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Company’s ordinary shares which are represented in person or by proxy and are voted at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased in or after the Proposed Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination (except with respect to any such public shares which may not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act and any SEC interpretations or guidance relating thereto) and to waive its redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a

 

F-8


Table of Contents

public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Completion Window (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment and (iii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination.

The Company has until the date that is 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering (or 27 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering if the Company has executed a definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering) or until such earlier liquidation date as the Company’s board of directors may approve, to consummate the Company’s initial business combination. As a result, as described in more detail in the prospectus, The Company will have up to 27 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering to consummate the Company’s initial business combination. If the Company is unable to complete its Business Combination within 24 months (or 27 months if the Company has executed a definitive agreement for an initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Offering), or such earlier liquidation date as the Company’s board of directors may approve, from the closing of the Proposed Offering, the Company will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned thereon (net of amounts withdrawn to fund working capital requirements, subject to the limitations described in the prospectus, and/or to pay the Company’s taxes (which shall exclude the 1% U.S. federal excise tax that was implemented by the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 if any is imposed on the Company), and up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and as further described in the prospectus.

If the Company anticipates that it may be unable to consummate its initial business combination within such 24-month (or 27-month) period, the Company may seek shareholder approval to amend its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to further extend the date by which the Company must consummate its initial Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval for an extension, and the related amendments are implemented by the Company’s board of directors, holders of the Company’s public Class A ordinary shares will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares, subject to applicable law.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Completion Window. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Proposed Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if

 

F-9


Table of Contents

the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Completion Window. The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Completion Window and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Proposed Offering price per share ($10.00).

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or by a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or Business Combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of trust assets, less taxes paid or payable. This liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Proposed Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The results for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods.

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern” as of December 31, 2024, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor entity, and the Sponsor entity has the financial wherewithal to fund the Company, that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Proposed Offering or a minimum one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 340-10-S99-1. Deferred offering costs consist of professional and legal fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to

 

F-11


Table of Contents

the Proposed Offering. Offering costs will be allocated on a relative fair value basis to the instruments underlying the Proposed Offering and Private Placement. Offering costs attributed to the Public Shares will be charged to temporary equity. Offering costs attributed to the Public Warrants will be charged to net income or loss. Offering costs attributed to Private Placement Shares will be charged to shareholder’s deficit.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”), which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the periods, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture.

Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 975,000 ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriter (see Note 5). At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted income (loss) per ordinary share is the same as basic income (loss) per ordinary share for the periods presented.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or noncurrent based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. The Warrants are deemed to be a freestanding financial instrument indexed to the contingently redeemable shares and will be accounted for as a liability pursuant to ASC 815. The underwriters’ over-allotment option is deemed to be a freestanding financial instrument indexed to the contingently redeemable shares and will be accounted for as a liability pursuant to ASC 480 if not fully exercised at the time of the Proposed Offering.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting” (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating officer decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on January 1, 2024.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Offering

Pursuant to the Proposed Offering, the Company will offer for sale up to 26,000,000 units (or 29,900,000 units if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit. Each unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant. Each whole warrant is exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share. Only whole warrants are exercisable. Each warrant will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination, provided that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available and such shares are registered, qualified or exempt from registration under the securities, or blue sky, laws of the state of residence of the holder (or the Company permits holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under certain circumstances), in each case as described in the proposed warrant agreement. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. However, if the Company does not complete its Business Combination on or prior to the 24-month (or 27-month) period allotted to complete the Business Combination, the warrants will expire at the end of such period. While the Company has registered the offer of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act as part of the Registration Statement of which the prospectus forms a part, the prospectus cannot be used for the purpose

of a future decision to exercise the warrants, and the Company does not plan on keeping a

 

F-13


Table of Contents

prospectus current until after the closing of the initial business combination in accordance with the terms of the proposed warrant agreement. Under the terms of the proposed warrant agreement, the Company has agreed that as soon as practicable following the closing of the initial business combination, but in no event later than 20 business days thereafter, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or F-1, as applicable, under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares upon exercise of the warrants. The Company expects to grant the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase additional units to cover any over-allotment, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Note 4 — Private Placement

The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 225,000 Private Placement Shares (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised in full) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,250,000 (including if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), from the Company in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Offering. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Shares will be added to the net proceeds from the Proposed Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Completion Window, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Shares held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law).

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On June 30, 2023, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain of the Company’s offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares. The share recapitalization is disclosed as a retroactive adjustment. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the Sponsor, the Company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the aggregate number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares outstanding following the surrender on February 3, 2025 was determined based on the expectation that the total size of this offering would be a maximum of 29,900,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, and therefore that such founder shares would represent 20.00% of the outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares).

As such, the Company’s initial shareholders will collectively own 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Proposed Offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering and excluding the issuance of the private placement shares). If the Company increases or decreases the size of the Proposed Offering, the Company will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to the Company’s Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the Proposed Offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of the Company’s initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of the Proposed Offering. Prior to the completion of the Proposed Offering, the Sponsor will transfer 25,000 founder shares to each of the Company’s independent director nominees at their original purchase price. Up to 975,000 founder shares will be subject to forfeiture by the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised so that the Company’s initial shareholders will maintain ownership of 20% of ordinary shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares).

After taking into account the issuance of the private placement shares, the Sponsor will own an aggregate of 6,650,000 ordinary shares or 20.32% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of the Proposed Offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, or an aggregate of 7,625,000 ordinary shares or 20.28% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of the Proposed Offering, assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described in the prospectus will take effect as a redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

Except as described in the prospectus, the Sponsor and the Company’s initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell (i) any of their founder shares until the earlier of (A) 180 days after the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination and (B) subsequent to the Company’s initial Business Combination, the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s public shareholders having the rights to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) any of the private placement shares until 30 days after the completion of the Company’s initial business combination. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of the Company’s initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares or private placement shares.

Administrative Services Agreement

Commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Offering, the Company will enter into an agreement pursuant to which it will pay an affiliate of the Sponsor $20,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. In addition, the Company has agreed that it will indemnify the Sponsor from any claims arising out of or relating to this offering or the Company’s operations or conduct of the Company’s business or any claim against the Sponsor alleging any expressed or implied management or endorsement by the Sponsor of any of the Company’s activities or any express or implied association between the Sponsor and the Company or any of its affiliates, which agreement will provide that the indemnified parties cannot access the funds held in the Trust Account.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Prior to the closing of this offering, the Sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $600,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company has borrowed approximately $173,000 and

 

F-15


Table of Contents

$120,000, respectively, under the promissory note with the Sponsor to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. This loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and is due at the earlier of December 31, 2025, or the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the $2,000,000 of offering proceeds not held in the trust account.

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Offering requiring the Company to register a sale of any of the securities held by them, including any other securities of the Company acquired by them prior to the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggyback” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriter has a 45-day option from the date of the Proposed Offering to purchase up to an additional 3,900,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any.

The underwriter will be paid a commission of $0.0096 per unit on all units sold other than units sold per the underwriter’s over-allotment option ($250,000 in the aggregate) upon the closing of this offering. There will be no incremental upfront underwriting discounts and commissions if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised.

The underwriter will also be entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of $7,800,000 (3.0% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Offering held in the Trust Account) (or up to $8,970,000 in the aggregate if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) upon the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement, but such deferred underwriting discount shall be subject to pro-rata reduction based on the number of Class A ordinary shares redeemed by the Company’s public shareholders. Such deferred commissions will be subject to pro rata reduction based on the extent of redemptions that reduce the amount of the trust account at the time of the Company’s consummation of its initial business combination. The deferred commissions may be allocated to members of FINRA who have assisted in the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination, at the discretion of the Company.

In addition to the deferred underwriting discounts, the Company will engage Santander US Capital Markets LLC to provide advisory services from time to time. As compensation for the services provided under an engagement letter, the Company shall pay Santander US Capital Markets LLC a fee equal to 3.00% of the gross proceeds raised in the IPO, payable upon closing of such initial Business Combination. The Company has agreed to indemnify Santander US Capital Markets LLC and its affiliates in connection with its role in providing the advisory services.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Risks and Uncertainties

United States and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the geopolitical instability resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the recent escalation of the Israel-Hamas conflict. In response to the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe, and the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various sanctions and restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities, including the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system. Certain countries, including the United States, have also provided and may continue to provide military aid or other assistance to Ukraine and to Israel, increasing geopolitical tensions among a number of nations. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the escalation of the Israel-Hamas conflict and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Israel and its neighboring states and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the length and impact of the ongoing conflicts are highly unpredictable, they could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions and increased cyberattacks against U.S. companies. Additionally, any resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets.

Any of the above-mentioned factors, or any other negative impact on the global economy, capital markets or other geopolitical conditions resulting from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the escalation of the Israel-Hamas conflict and subsequent sanctions or related actions, could adversely affect the Company’s search for an initial Business Combination and any target business with which the Company may ultimately consummate an initial Business Combination.

Note 7 — Shareholder’s Deficit

Preferred Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.0001. The Company’s board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 40,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were 7,475,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding so that the Company’s initial shareholders will own 20.00% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares (excluding the private placement shares and assuming the Sponsor, directors or officers do not purchase any shares in this offering) after this offering. Up to 975,500 of the founder shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Prior to the Company’s initial business combination, only holders of the Company’s founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors; provided, however, that with respect to the appointment of directors at a general meeting in which a business combination is submitted to the Company’s shareholders and approved, holders of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares (including holders of the private placement shares) and holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, voting together as a single class, will have the exclusive right to vote for the appointment of directors. Other than pursuant to the proviso in the preceding sentence, holders of the Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the consummation of the initial business combination or in a vote to transfer the company by way of continuation to a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the company, in each case, as a result of the company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of the Company’s founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. These provisions of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by approval of a majority of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares then outstanding. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders, including any vote in connection with the Company’s initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of the Company’s founder shares, holders of the private placement shares and holders of the Company’s public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote, except as required by law.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of the Company’s initial business combination on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment for share subdivisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), and subject to further adjustment as provided in the prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares received upon conversion of Class B ordinary shares will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if the Company fails to complete an initial business combination. In the case that any amount of additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the prospectus and related to the closing of the business combination the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding (excluding the private placement shares) upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination and any private placement shares issued to the Company’s sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans; provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis). Holders of founder shares may also elect to convert their Class B ordinary shares into an equal number of Class A ordinary shares, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described in the prospectus will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Public Shareholders’ Warrants — There were no warrants outstanding at December 31, 2024. Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share. No fractional shares will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade.

The warrants will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of the initial business combination, provided that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement). The Company is not registering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants at this time. However, the Company has agreed that as soon as practicable following the closing of the initial business combination, but in no event later than twenty (20) business days after the closing of the initial business combination, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to file and have an effective registration statement covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, to maintain a current prospectus relating to those Class A Ordinary Shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed; provided, that if the Class A Ordinary Shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement.

The Company will account for the 6,500,000 warrants to be issued in connection with the Proposed Offering (assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant must be recorded as a liability. Accordingly, the Company will classify each warrant as a liability at its fair value and charge the costs associated with issuing such warrants to operations. The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company records a derivative liability upon the closing of the Proposed Offering. Accordingly, the Company will classify the warrants as a liability at their fair value and allocate a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Units to the warrants. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The Company will reassess the classification at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the warrants will be reclassified as of the date of the event that causes the reclassification.

The Company will not redeem the warrants unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A Ordinary Shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period, except if the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Note 8 — Segment Information

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statement information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise

 

F-19


Table of Contents

for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Financial Officer (“CODM”), who reviews the operating results for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one reportable segment.

The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources based on net income or loss that also is reported on the statement of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheet as total assets. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation the CODM reviews several key metrics, which include the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2024
     June 26, 2023
(inception) to
December 31, 2023
 

Professional fees and other expenses

   $ —       $ (65,000 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Professional fees and other expenses are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a Proposed Offering and eventually a Business Combination within the business combination period. The CODM also reviews professional fees and other expenses to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and budget. Professional fees and other expenses, as reported on the statement of operations, are the significant segment expenses provided to the CODM on a regular basis. All other segment items included in net income or loss are reported on the statement of operations and described within their respective disclosures.

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

On January 30, 2025, the Company amended and restated the Promissory Note which increases the principal amount of up to $600,000. The Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2025, or the completion of the Proposed Offering. On February 3, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share capitalization. Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurred after the balance sheet date up to April 11, 2025, the date the financial statements issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

$260,000,000

26,000,000 Units

Santander

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

   , 2025

Until    , 2025 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

 

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 800,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     30,000  

SEC expenses

     70,124  

FINRA expenses

     69,500  

Travel and road show

     500  

Nasdaq listing and filing fees

     80,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     50,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

     49,876  
  

 

 

 

Total offering expenses

   $ 1,150,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On June 30, 2023, our sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 11,500,000 founder shares. On February 3, 2025, our sponsor surrendered for no consideration 4,025,000 founder shares, resulting in our sponsor holding an aggregate of 7,475,000 founder shares (up to 975,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised).

Such securities were issued in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our founder shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders, on an as-converted basis, at 20.00% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon consummation of this offering.

Our sponsor is an accredited investor for purposes of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

In addition, our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase from us an aggregate of 225,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) private placement shares at $10.00 per share (for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $2,250,000 (including if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full)). This purchase will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the completion of this offering. This issuance will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits. The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements and schedules included in the registration statement.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  A.

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  B.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No

    

Description

  1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*      Memorandum and Articles of Association.
  3.2*      Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.
  4.1*      Specimen Unit Certificate.
  4.2*      Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate.
  4.3*      Specimen Warrant Certificate (included as part of Exhibit 4.4).
  4.4*      Form of Warrant Agreement between Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and the Registrant.
  5.1*      Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.
  5.2*      Opinion of Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, Cayman Islands Legal Counsel to the Registrant.
  10.1*      Promissory Note, dated June 30, 2023, issued to Gores Sponsor X LLC.
  10.2*      Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated January 30, 2025, issued to Gores Sponsor X LLC
  10.3*      Form of Letter Agreement among The Gores Group, LLC, the Registrant and its officers and directors and Gores Sponsor X LLC.
  10.4*      Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and the Registrant.
  10.5*      Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain security holders.
  10.6*      Securities Subscription Agreement, dated June 30, 2023, between the Registrant and Gores Sponsor X LLC.
  10.7*      Form of Private placement shares Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Gores Sponsor X LLC.
  10.8*      Form of Indemnity Agreement.
  10.9*      Form of Administrative Services Agreement between the Registrant and The Gores Group, LLC.
  10.10*      Surrender of Shares and Amendment No. 1, dated February 3, 2025, to the Securities Subscription Agreement, dated June 30, 2023, between the Registrant and Gores Sponsor X LLC.
  14.1*      Form of Code of Ethics.
  23.1*      Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC.
  23.2*      Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23.3*      Consent of Maples and Calder (Cayman) LLP, Cayman Islands Legal Counsel to the Registrant (included in Exhibit 5.2)
  24.1*      Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).
  99.1*      Form of Audit Committee Charter.
  99.2*      Form of Compensation Committee Charter.
  99.3*      Consent of Randall Bort.
  99.4*      Consent of Nancy Tellem.
  99.5*      Consent of Elizabeth Marcellino.
  107*      Filing Fee Table.

 

*

Filed herewith


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boulder, State of Colorado, on the day of April 11, 2025.

 

GORES HOLDINGS X, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Mark Stone

Name: 

 

Mark Stone

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Alec Gores and Andrew McBride, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Position

 

Date

/s/ Mark Stone

Mark Stone

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   April 11, 2025

/s/ Andrew McBride

Andrew McBride

   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   April 11, 2025

/s/ Alec Gores

Alec Gores

   Chairman   April 11, 2025